]> Git Repo - binutils.git/blame - gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo
* gdb.texinfo, refcard.tex: Document mult args on `info reg'.
[binutils.git] / gdb / doc / gdb.texinfo
CommitLineData
b80282d5 1_dnl__ -*-Texinfo-*-
1041a570 2_dnl__ Copyright (c) 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
29a2b744
RP
3_dnl__ $Id$
4\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
1041a570 5@c Copyright (c) 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
29a2b744 6@c %**start of header
5a131cc7 7@setfilename _GDBP__.info
29a2b744 8_if__(_GENERIC__)
a6463583 9@settitle Debugging with _GDBN__
29a2b744
RP
10_fi__(_GENERIC__)
11_if__(!_GENERIC__)
a6463583 12@settitle Debugging with _GDBN__ (_HOST__)
29a2b744
RP
13_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
14@setchapternewpage odd
73e44aaf
RP
15@c @smallbook
16@c @cropmarks
29a2b744
RP
17@c %**end of header
18
19@finalout
20@syncodeindex ky cp
21
22_0__@c ===> NOTE! <==_1__
23@c Determine the edition number in *three* places by hand:
24@c 1. First ifinfo section 2. title page 3. top node
25@c To find the locations, search for !!set
26
27@c The following is for Pesch for his RCS system.
28@c This revision number *not* the same as the Edition number.
29@tex
30\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
31\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
32@end tex
33
d24e0922 34@c GDB CHANGELOG CONSULTED BETWEEN:
29a2b744
RP
35@c Fri Oct 11 23:27:06 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
36@c Sat Dec 22 02:51:40 1990 John Gilmore (gnu at cygint)
37
9c3ad547 38@c THIS MANUAL REQUIRES TEXINFO-2 macros and info-makers to format properly.
29a2b744 39
b7becc8f
RP
40@ifinfo
41@format
42START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
29a2b744 43* Gdb: (gdb). The GNU debugger.
b7becc8f
RP
44END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
45@end format
46@end ifinfo
5a131cc7
RP
47_if__(0)
48
a6d0b6d3
RP
49NOTE: this manual is marked up for preprocessing with a collection
50of m4 macros called "pretex.m4".
51
9bcc06ef
RP
52THIS IS THE SOURCE PRIOR TO PREPROCESSING. The full source needs to
53be run through m4 before either tex- or info- formatting: for example,
08665207 54_0__
3e0d0a27 55 m4 pretex.m4 none.m4 all.m4 gdb.texinfo >gdb-all.texinfo
70b88761 56will produce (assuming your path finds either GNU m4 >= 0.84, or SysV
1041a570 57m4; Berkeley will not do) a file suitable for formatting. See the text in
70b88761 58"pretex.m4" for a fuller explanation (and the macro definitions).
29a2b744 59_1__
e91b87a3 60
9bcc06ef 61_fi__(0)
70b88761 62@c
70b88761
RP
63@ifinfo
64This file documents the GNU debugger _GDBN__.
65
29a2b744 66@c !!set edition, date, version
a6463583
RP
67This is Edition 4.06, July 1992,
68of @cite{Debugging with _GDBN__: the GNU Source-Level Debugger}
29a2b744
RP
69for GDB Version _GDB_VN__.
70
95d5ceb9 71Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
70b88761
RP
72
73Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
74this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
75are preserved on all copies.
76
77@ignore
78Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
79results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
80notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
81(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
82
83@end ignore
84Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
85manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
86section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
87in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
88distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
89one.
90
91Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
92into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
93except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
94included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
95instead of in the original English.
96@end ifinfo
1041a570 97
70b88761 98@titlepage
a6463583 99@title Debugging with _GDBN__
95d5ceb9 100@subtitle The GNU Source-Level Debugger
70b88761 101_if__(!_GENERIC__)
c7cb8acb 102@subtitle on _HOST__ Systems
70b88761
RP
103_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
104@sp 1
29a2b744 105@c !!set edition, date, version
a6463583
RP
106@subtitle Edition 4.06, for _GDBN__ version _GDB_VN__
107@subtitle July 1992
29a2b744 108@author by Richard M. Stallman and Roland H. Pesch
70b88761
RP
109@page
110@tex
111{\parskip=0pt
93ac5532 112\hfill pesch\@cygnus.com\par
a6463583 113\hfill {\it Debugging with _GDBN__}, \manvers\par
70b88761
RP
114\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
115}
116@end tex
117
118@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1041a570 119Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
70b88761
RP
120
121Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
122this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
123are preserved on all copies.
124
125Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
126manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
127section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
128in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
129distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
130one.
131
132Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
133into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
134except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
135included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
136instead of in the original English.
137@end titlepage
138@page
139
70b88761 140@ifinfo
29a2b744 141@node Top, Summary, (dir), (dir)
a6463583 142@top Debugging with _GDBN__
29a2b744
RP
143
144This file describes _GDBN__, the GNU symbolic debugger.
145
146@c !!set edition, date, version
a6463583 147This is Edition 4.06, July 1992, for GDB Version _GDB_VN__.
70b88761
RP
148@end ifinfo
149
150@menu
b80282d5 151* Summary:: Summary of _GDBN__
c7cb8acb 152* New Features:: New features since GDB version 3.5
95d5ceb9 153* Sample Session:: A sample _GDBN__ session
29a2b744
RP
154* Invocation:: Getting in and out of _GDBN__
155* Commands:: _GDBN__ commands
156* Running:: Running programs under _GDBN__
157* Stopping:: Stopping and continuing
158* Stack:: Examining the stack
159* Source:: Examining source files
160* Data:: Examining data
161* Languages:: Using _GDBN__ with different languages
162* Symbols:: Examining the symbol table
163* Altering:: Altering execution
164* _GDBN__ Files:: _GDBN__'s files
165* Targets:: Specifying a debugging target
c2bbbb22 166* Controlling _GDBN__:: Controlling _GDBN__
29a2b744 167* Sequences:: Canned sequences of commands
b80282d5 168* Emacs:: Using _GDBN__ under GNU Emacs
29a2b744 169* _GDBN__ Bugs:: Reporting bugs in _GDBN__
e251e767 170* Renamed Commands::
77b46d13 171* Formatting Documentation:: How to format and print GDB documentation
c7cb8acb 172* Installing GDB:: Installing GDB
b80282d5
RP
173* Copying:: GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
174* Index:: Index
c2bbbb22 175
70b88761
RP
176 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
177
178Summary of _GDBN__
179
95d5ceb9 180* Free Software:: Freely redistributable software
b80282d5 181* Contributors:: Contributors to _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
182
183Getting In and Out of _GDBN__
184
95d5ceb9
RP
185* Invoking _GDBN__:: How to start _GDBN__
186* Leaving _GDBN__:: How to quit _GDBN__
187* Shell Commands:: How to use shell commands inside _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
188
189Starting _GDBN__
190
b80282d5
RP
191* File Options:: Choosing Files
192* Mode Options:: Choosing Modes
70b88761
RP
193
194_GDBN__ Commands
195
b80282d5 196* Command Syntax:: Command Syntax
6f3ec223 197* Completion:: Command Completion
b80282d5 198* Help:: Getting Help
70b88761
RP
199
200Running Programs Under _GDBN__
201
b80282d5
RP
202* Compilation:: Compiling for Debugging
203* Starting:: Starting your Program
204* Arguments:: Your Program's Arguments
205* Environment:: Your Program's Environment
206* Working Directory:: Your Program's Working Directory
207* Input/Output:: Your Program's Input and Output
208* Attach:: Debugging an Already-Running Process
209* Kill Process:: Killing the Child Process
d24e0922 210* Process Information:: Additional Process Information
70b88761
RP
211
212Stopping and Continuing
213
b80282d5
RP
214* Breakpoints:: Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
215* Continuing and Stepping:: Resuming Execution
216* Signals:: Signals
70b88761
RP
217
218Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
219
b80282d5
RP
220* Set Breaks:: Setting Breakpoints
221* Set Watchpoints:: Setting Watchpoints
222* Exception Handling:: Breakpoints and Exceptions
223* Delete Breaks:: Deleting Breakpoints
224* Disabling:: Disabling Breakpoints
225* Conditions:: Break Conditions
226* Break Commands:: Breakpoint Command Lists
227* Breakpoint Menus:: Breakpoint Menus
c2bbbb22 228* Error in Breakpoints:: ``Cannot insert breakpoints''
70b88761
RP
229
230Examining the Stack
231
b80282d5
RP
232* Frames:: Stack Frames
233* Backtrace:: Backtraces
234* Selection:: Selecting a Frame
235* Frame Info:: Information on a Frame
70b88761
RP
236
237Examining Source Files
238
b80282d5
RP
239* List:: Printing Source Lines
240* Search:: Searching Source Files
241* Source Path:: Specifying Source Directories
242* Machine Code:: Source and Machine Code
70b88761
RP
243
244Examining Data
245
b80282d5
RP
246* Expressions:: Expressions
247* Variables:: Program Variables
248* Arrays:: Artificial Arrays
249* Output formats:: Output formats
250* Memory:: Examining Memory
251* Auto Display:: Automatic Display
252* Print Settings:: Print Settings
253* Value History:: Value History
254* Convenience Vars:: Convenience Variables
255* Registers:: Registers
256* Floating Point Hardware:: Floating Point Hardware
70b88761 257
c2bbbb22
RP
258Using GDB with Different Languages
259
260* Setting:: Switching between source languages
261* Show:: Displaying the language
262* Checks:: Type and Range checks
263* Support:: Supported languages
264
265Switching between source languages
266
267* Manually:: Setting the working language manually
268* Automatically:: Having GDB infer the source language
269
270Type and range Checking
271
272* Type Checking:: An overview of type checking
273* Range Checking:: An overview of range checking
274
275Supported Languages
276
277* C:: C and C++
278* Modula-2:: Modula-2
279
280C and C++
281
282* C Operators:: C and C++ Operators
283* C Constants:: C and C++ Constants
284* Cplusplus expressions:: C++ Expressions
285* C Defaults:: Default settings for C and C++
286* C Checks:: C and C++ Type and Range Checks
287* Debugging C:: _GDBN__ and C
288* Debugging C plus plus:: Special features for C++
289
290Modula-2
291
292* M2 Operators:: Built-in operators
29a2b744 293* Built-In Func/Proc:: Built-in Functions and Procedures
c2bbbb22
RP
294* M2 Constants:: Modula-2 Constants
295* M2 Defaults:: Default settings for Modula-2
296* Deviations:: Deviations from standard Modula-2
297* M2 Checks:: Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
298* M2 Scope:: The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
299* GDB/M2:: GDB and Modula-2
300
70b88761
RP
301Altering Execution
302
b80282d5
RP
303* Assignment:: Assignment to Variables
304* Jumping:: Continuing at a Different Address
29a2b744 305* Signaling:: Giving your program a Signal
b80282d5
RP
306* Returning:: Returning from a Function
307* Calling:: Calling your Program's Functions
c338a2fd 308* Patching:: Patching your Program
70b88761
RP
309
310_GDBN__'s Files
311
b80282d5
RP
312* Files:: Commands to Specify Files
313* Symbol Errors:: Errors Reading Symbol Files
70b88761 314
e251e767 315Specifying a Debugging Target
70b88761 316
b80282d5
RP
317* Active Targets:: Active Targets
318* Target Commands:: Commands for Managing Targets
319* Remote:: Remote Debugging
70b88761
RP
320
321Remote Debugging
322
c2bbbb22
RP
323* i960-Nindy Remote:: _GDBN__ with a Remote i960 (Nindy)
324* EB29K Remote:: _GDBN__ with a Remote EB29K
325* VxWorks Remote:: _GDBN__ and VxWorks
70b88761
RP
326
327_GDBN__ with a Remote i960 (Nindy)
328
b80282d5
RP
329* Nindy Startup:: Startup with Nindy
330* Nindy Options:: Options for Nindy
331* Nindy reset:: Nindy Reset Command
70b88761
RP
332
333_GDBN__ with a Remote EB29K
334
b80282d5
RP
335* Comms (EB29K):: Communications Setup
336* gdb-EB29K:: EB29K cross-debugging
337* Remote Log:: Remote Log
70b88761
RP
338
339_GDBN__ and VxWorks
340
b80282d5
RP
341* VxWorks connection:: Connecting to VxWorks
342* VxWorks download:: VxWorks Download
343* VxWorks attach:: Running Tasks
70b88761
RP
344
345Controlling _GDBN__
346
b80282d5
RP
347* Prompt:: Prompt
348* Editing:: Command Editing
349* History:: Command History
350* Screen Size:: Screen Size
351* Numbers:: Numbers
352* Messages/Warnings:: Optional Warnings and Messages
70b88761
RP
353
354Canned Sequences of Commands
355
b80282d5
RP
356* Define:: User-Defined Commands
357* Command Files:: Command Files
358* Output:: Commands for Controlled Output
70b88761
RP
359
360Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
361
b80282d5
RP
362* Bug Criteria:: Have You Found a Bug?
363* Bug Reporting:: How to Report Bugs
c2bbbb22
RP
364
365Installing GDB
366
f672bb7f 367* Separate Objdir:: Compiling _GDBN__ in another directory
c2bbbb22
RP
368* Config Names:: Specifying names for hosts and targets
369* configure Options:: Summary of options for configure
70b88761
RP
370@end menu
371
372@node Summary, New Features, Top, Top
373@unnumbered Summary of _GDBN__
374
375The purpose of a debugger such as _GDBN__ is to allow you to see what is
376going on ``inside'' another program while it executes---or what another
1041a570 377program was doing at the moment it crashed.
70b88761
RP
378
379_GDBN__ can do four main kinds of things (plus other things in support of
1041a570 380these) to help you catch bugs in the act:
70b88761
RP
381
382@itemize @bullet
383@item
384Start your program, specifying anything that might affect its behavior.
385
386@item
387Make your program stop on specified conditions.
388
389@item
390Examine what has happened, when your program has stopped.
391
392@item
393Change things in your program, so you can experiment with correcting the
394effects of one bug and go on to learn about another.
395@end itemize
396
c2bbbb22
RP
397You can use _GDBN__ to debug programs written in C, C++, and Modula-2.
398Fortran support will be added when a GNU Fortran compiler is ready.
70b88761
RP
399
400@menu
b80282d5
RP
401* Free Software:: Free Software
402* Contributors:: Contributors to GDB
70b88761
RP
403@end menu
404
405@node Free Software, Contributors, Summary, Summary
406@unnumberedsec Free Software
1041a570
RP
407
408_GDBN__ is @dfn{free software}, protected by the GNU General Public License
409(GPL). The GPL gives you the freedom to copy or adapt a licensed
70b88761
RP
410program---but every person getting a copy also gets with it the
411freedom to modify that copy (which means that they must get access to
412the source code), and the freedom to distribute further copies.
413Typical software companies use copyrights to limit your freedoms; the
414Free Software Foundation uses the GPL to preserve these freedoms.
415
416Fundamentally, the General Public License is a license which says that
29a2b744 417you have these freedoms and that you cannot take these freedoms away
70b88761
RP
418from anyone else.
419
29a2b744 420For full details, @pxref{Copying, ,GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE}.
1041a570 421
70b88761
RP
422@node Contributors, , Free Software, Summary
423@unnumberedsec Contributors to GDB
424
425Richard Stallman was the original author of GDB, and of many other GNU
426programs. Many others have contributed to its development. This
427section attempts to credit major contributors. One of the virtues of
428free software is that everyone is free to contribute to it; with
429regret, we cannot actually acknowledge everyone here. The file
430@file{ChangeLog} in the GDB distribution approximates a blow-by-blow
431account.
432
433Changes much prior to version 2.0 are lost in the mists of time.
434
435@quotation
436@emph{Plea:} Additions to this section are particularly welcome. If you
437or your friends (or enemies; let's be evenhanded) have been unfairly
438omitted from this list, we would like to add your names!
439@end quotation
440
441So that they may not regard their long labor as thankless, we
69bbcf05 442particularly thank those who shepherded GDB through major releases: Stu
6f3ec223
RP
443Grossman and John Gilmore (releases 4.6, 4.5, 4.4), John Gilmore
444(releases 4.3, 4.2, 4.1, 4.0, and 3.9); Jim Kingdon (releases 3.5, 3.4,
4453.3); and Randy Smith (releases 3.2, 3.1, 3.0). As major maintainer of
446GDB for some period, each contributed significantly to the structure,
447stability, and capabilities of the entire debugger.
70b88761
RP
448
449Richard Stallman, assisted at various times by Pete TerMaat, Chris
450Hanson, and Richard Mlynarik, handled releases through 2.8.
451
452Michael Tiemann is the author of most of the GNU C++ support in GDB,
453with significant additional contributions from Per Bothner. James
454Clark wrote the GNU C++ demangler. Early work on C++ was by Peter
455TerMaat (who also did much general update work leading to release 3.0).
456
1041a570
RP
457GDB 4 uses the BFD subroutine library to examine multiple
458object-file formats; BFD was a joint project of David V.
459Henkel-Wallace, Rich Pixley, Steve Chamberlain, and John Gilmore.
70b88761 460
1041a570
RP
461David Johnson wrote the original COFF support; Pace Willison did
462the original support for encapsulated COFF.
70b88761
RP
463
464Adam de Boor and Bradley Davis contributed the ISI Optimum V support.
465Per Bothner, Noboyuki Hikichi, and Alessandro Forin contributed MIPS
1041a570
RP
466support. Jean-Daniel Fekete contributed Sun 386i support. Chris
467Hanson improved the HP9000 support. Noboyuki Hikichi and Tomoyuki
468Hasei contributed Sony/News OS 3 support. David Johnson contributed
469Encore Umax support. Jyrki Kuoppala contributed Altos 3068 support.
470Keith Packard contributed NS32K support. Doug Rabson contributed
471Acorn Risc Machine support. Chris Smith contributed Convex support
472(and Fortran debugging). Jonathan Stone contributed Pyramid support.
473Michael Tiemann contributed SPARC support. Tim Tucker contributed
474support for the Gould NP1 and Gould Powernode. Pace Willison
475contributed Intel 386 support. Jay Vosburgh contributed Symmetry
476support.
70b88761 477
c338a2fd
RP
478Rich Schaefer and Peter Schauer helped with support of SunOS shared
479libraries.
70b88761
RP
480
481Jay Fenlason and Roland McGrath ensured that GDB and GAS agree about
482several machine instruction sets.
483
1041a570
RP
484Patrick Duval, Ted Goldstein, Vikram Koka and Glenn Engel helped
485develop remote debugging. Intel Corporation and Wind River Systems
486contributed remote debugging modules for their products.
70b88761 487
1041a570
RP
488Brian Fox is the author of the readline libraries providing
489command-line editing and command history.
70b88761 490
1041a570
RP
491Andrew Beers of SUNY Buffalo wrote the language-switching code and
492the Modula-2 support, and contributed the Languages chapter of this
493manual.
c2bbbb22 494
6f3ec223
RP
495Fred Fish wrote most of the support for Unix System Vr4, and enhanced
496the command-completion support to cover C++ overloaded symbols.
14d01801 497
70b88761 498@node New Features, Sample Session, Summary, Top
c7cb8acb 499@unnumbered New Features since GDB version 3.5
70b88761
RP
500
501@table @emph
502@item Targets
503Using the new command @code{target}, you can select at runtime whether
504you are debugging local files, local processes, standalone systems over
b80282d5
RP
505a serial port, realtime systems over a TCP/IP connection, etc. The
506command @code{load} can download programs into a remote system. Serial
507stubs are available for Motorola 680x0 and Intel 80386 remote systems;
c7cb8acb 508GDB also supports debugging realtime processes running under
b80282d5 509VxWorks, using SunRPC Remote Procedure Calls over TCP/IP to talk to a
c7cb8acb 510debugger stub on the target system. Internally, GDB now uses a
b80282d5
RP
511function vector to mediate access to different targets; if you need to
512add your own support for a remote protocol, this makes it much easier.
70b88761
RP
513
514@item Watchpoints
c7cb8acb 515GDB now sports watchpoints as well as breakpoints. You can use a
70b88761
RP
516watchpoint to stop execution whenever the value of an expression
517changes, without having to predict a particular place in your program
518where this may happen.
519
b80282d5
RP
520@item Wide Output
521Commands that issue wide output now insert newlines at places designed
522to make the output more readable.
523
70b88761 524@item Object Code Formats
c7cb8acb 525GDB uses a new library called the Binary File Descriptor (BFD)
3d3ab540
RP
526Library to permit it to switch dynamically, without reconfiguration or
527recompilation, between different object-file formats. Formats currently
528supported are COFF, a.out, and the Intel 960 b.out; files may be read as
529.o's, archive libraries, or core dumps. BFD is available as a
530subroutine library so that other programs may take advantage of it, and
531the other GNU binary utilities are being converted to use it.
70b88761 532
b80282d5 533@item Configuration and Ports
70b88761 534Compile-time configuration (to select a particular architecture and
7463aadd 535operating system) is much easier. The script @code{configure} now
c7cb8acb
RP
536allows you to configure GDB as either a native debugger or a
537cross-debugger. @xref{Installing GDB}, for details on how to
6a8cb0e7 538configure.
70b88761
RP
539
540@item Interaction
c7cb8acb 541The user interface to GDB's control variables has been simplified
70b88761
RP
542and consolidated in two commands, @code{set} and @code{show}. Output
543lines are now broken at readable places, rather than overflowing onto
544the next line. You can suppress output of machine-level addresses,
545displaying only source language information.
546
b80282d5 547@item C++
c7cb8acb 548GDB now supports C++ multiple inheritance (if used with a GCC
b80282d5 549version 2 compiler), and also has limited support for C++ exception
c7cb8acb 550handling, with the commands @code{catch} and @code{info catch}: GDB
b80282d5
RP
551can break when an exception is raised, before the stack is peeled back
552to the exception handler's context.
70b88761 553
c2bbbb22 554@item Modula-2
c7cb8acb 555GDB now has preliminary support for the GNU Modula-2 compiler,
c2bbbb22 556currently under development at the State University of New York at
c7cb8acb 557Buffalo. Coordinated development of both GDB and the GNU Modula-2
5b0fdf7b
RP
558compiler will continue into 1992. Other Modula-2 compilers are
559currently not supported, and attempting to debug programs compiled with
560them will likely result in an error as the symbol table of the
561executable is read in.
c2bbbb22 562
70b88761 563@item Command Rationalization
c7cb8acb 564Many GDB commands have been renamed to make them easier to remember
70b88761
RP
565and use. In particular, the subcommands of @code{info} and
566@code{show}/@code{set} are grouped to make the former refer to the state
c7cb8acb 567of your program, and the latter refer to the state of GDB itself.
70b88761
RP
568@xref{Renamed Commands}, for details on what commands were renamed.
569
70b88761 570@item Shared Libraries
77b46d13
JG
571GDB 4 can debug programs and core files that use SunOS, SVR4, or IBM RS/6000
572shared libraries.
b80282d5
RP
573
574@item Reference Card
6f3ec223
RP
575GDB 4 has a reference card. @xref{Formatting Documentation,,Formatting
576the Documentation}, for instructions to print it.
70b88761
RP
577
578@item Work in Progress
579Kernel debugging for BSD and Mach systems; Tahoe and HPPA architecture
580support.
70b88761
RP
581@end table
582
583@node Sample Session, Invocation, New Features, Top
584@chapter A Sample _GDBN__ Session
585
586You can use this manual at your leisure to read all about _GDBN__.
587However, a handful of commands are enough to get started using the
588debugger. This chapter illustrates these commands.
589
590@iftex
6ca72cc6 591In this sample session, we emphasize user input like this: @b{input},
70b88761
RP
592to make it easier to pick out from the surrounding output.
593@end iftex
594
595@c FIXME: this example may not be appropriate for some configs, where
596@c FIXME...primary interest is in remote use.
597_0__
598One of the preliminary versions of GNU @code{m4} (a generic macro
599processor) exhibits the following bug: sometimes, when we change its
600quote strings from the default, the commands used to capture one macro's
601definition in another stop working. In the following short @code{m4}
602session, we define a macro @code{foo} which expands to @code{0000}; we
29a2b744 603then use the @code{m4} built-in @code{defn} to define @code{bar} as the
70b88761
RP
604same thing. However, when we change the open quote string to
605@code{<QUOTE>} and the close quote string to @code{<UNQUOTE>}, the same
606procedure fails to define a new synonym @code{baz}:
607
608@smallexample
6ca72cc6
RP
609$ @b{cd gnu/m4}
610$ @b{./m4}
611@b{define(foo,0000)}
70b88761 612
6ca72cc6 613@b{foo}
70b88761 6140000
6ca72cc6 615@b{define(bar,defn(`foo'))}
70b88761 616
6ca72cc6 617@b{bar}
70b88761 6180000
6ca72cc6 619@b{changequote(<QUOTE>,<UNQUOTE>)}
70b88761 620
6ca72cc6
RP
621@b{define(baz,defn(<QUOTE>foo<UNQUOTE>))}
622@b{baz}
623@b{C-d}
70b88761
RP
624m4: End of input: 0: fatal error: EOF in string
625@end smallexample
626
627@noindent
628Let's use _GDBN__ to try to see what's going on.
629
630@smallexample
6ca72cc6 631$ @b{_GDBP__ m4}
203eea5d
RP
632@c FIXME: this falsifies the exact text played out, to permit smallbook
633@c FIXME... format to come out better.
634GDB is free software and you are welcome to distribute copies
635 of it under certain conditions; type "show copying" to see
636 the conditions.
637There is absolutely no warranty for GDB; type "show warranty"
638for details.
5b0fdf7b 639GDB _GDB_VN__, Copyright 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc...
e251e767 640(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
641@end smallexample
642
643@noindent
1041a570
RP
644_GDBN__ reads only enough symbol data to know where to find the rest when
645needed; as a result, the first prompt comes up very quickly. We now
646tell _GDBN__ to use a narrower display width than usual, so that examples
647will fit in this manual.
70b88761
RP
648
649@smallexample
6ca72cc6 650(_GDBP__) @b{set width 70}
70b88761
RP
651@end smallexample
652
e251e767 653@noindent
29a2b744 654Let's see how the @code{m4} built-in @code{changequote} works.
70b88761
RP
655Having looked at the source, we know the relevant subroutine is
656@code{m4_changequote}, so we set a breakpoint there with _GDBN__'s
657@code{break} command.
658
659@smallexample
6ca72cc6 660(_GDBP__) @b{break m4_changequote}
70b88761
RP
661Breakpoint 1 at 0x62f4: file builtin.c, line 879.
662@end smallexample
663
664@noindent
665Using the @code{run} command, we start @code{m4} running under _GDBN__
666control; as long as control does not reach the @code{m4_changequote}
667subroutine, the program runs as usual:
668
669@smallexample
6ca72cc6 670(_GDBP__) @b{run}
e251e767 671Starting program: /work/Editorial/gdb/gnu/m4/m4
6ca72cc6 672@b{define(foo,0000)}
70b88761 673
6ca72cc6 674@b{foo}
70b88761
RP
6750000
676@end smallexample
677
678@noindent
679To trigger the breakpoint, we call @code{changequote}. _GDBN__
680suspends execution of @code{m4}, displaying information about the
681context where it stops.
682
683@smallexample
6ca72cc6 684@b{changequote(<QUOTE>,<UNQUOTE>)}
70b88761 685
203eea5d
RP
686Breakpoint 1, m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70)
687 at builtin.c:879
38962738 688879 if (bad_argc(TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[0]),argc,1,3))
70b88761
RP
689@end smallexample
690
691@noindent
692Now we use the command @code{n} (@code{next}) to advance execution to
693the next line of the current function.
694
695@smallexample
6ca72cc6 696(_GDBP__) @b{n}
203eea5d
RP
697882 set_quotes((argc >= 2) ? TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[1])\
698 : nil,
70b88761
RP
699@end smallexample
700
701@noindent
702@code{set_quotes} looks like a promising subroutine. We can go into it
703by using the command @code{s} (@code{step}) instead of @code{next}.
704@code{step} goes to the next line to be executed in @emph{any}
e251e767 705subroutine, so it steps into @code{set_quotes}.
70b88761
RP
706
707@smallexample
6ca72cc6 708(_GDBP__) @b{s}
70b88761
RP
709set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<QUOTE>", rq=0x34c88 "<UNQUOTE>")
710 at input.c:530
711530 if (lquote != def_lquote)
712@end smallexample
713
714@noindent
29a2b744
RP
715The display that shows the subroutine where @code{m4} is now
716suspended (and its arguments) is called a stack frame display. It
717shows a summary of the stack. We can use the @code{backtrace}
718command (which can also be spelled @code{bt}), to see where we are
719in the stack as a whole: the @code{backtrace} command displays a
720stack frame for each active subroutine.
70b88761
RP
721
722@smallexample
6ca72cc6 723(_GDBP__) @b{bt}
70b88761
RP
724#0 set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<QUOTE>", rq=0x34c88 "<UNQUOTE>")
725 at input.c:530
203eea5d
RP
726#1 0x6344 in m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70)
727 at builtin.c:882
70b88761
RP
728#2 0x8174 in expand_macro (sym=0x33320) at macro.c:242
729#3 0x7a88 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=209696, td=0xf7fffa30)
730 at macro.c:71
731#4 0x79dc in expand_input () at macro.c:40
732#5 0x2930 in main (argc=0, argv=0xf7fffb20) at m4.c:195
733@end smallexample
734
735@noindent
736Let's step through a few more lines to see what happens. The first two
737times, we can use @samp{s}; the next two times we use @code{n} to avoid
738falling into the @code{xstrdup} subroutine.
1041a570 739
70b88761 740@smallexample
6ca72cc6 741(_GDBP__) @b{s}
70b88761 7420x3b5c 532 if (rquote != def_rquote)
6ca72cc6 743(_GDBP__) @b{s}
203eea5d
RP
7440x3b80 535 lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? \
745def_lquote : xstrdup(lq);
6ca72cc6 746(_GDBP__) @b{n}
203eea5d
RP
747536 rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\
748 : xstrdup(rq);
6ca72cc6 749(_GDBP__) @b{n}
70b88761
RP
750538 len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
751@end smallexample
752
753@noindent
754The last line displayed looks a little odd; let's examine the variables
755@code{lquote} and @code{rquote} to see if they are in fact the new left
756and right quotes we specified. We can use the command @code{p}
757(@code{print}) to see their values.
758
759@smallexample
6ca72cc6 760(_GDBP__) @b{p lquote}
70b88761 761$1 = 0x35d40 "<QUOTE>"
6ca72cc6 762(_GDBP__) @b{p rquote}
70b88761
RP
763$2 = 0x35d50 "<UNQUOTE>"
764@end smallexample
765
766@noindent
767@code{lquote} and @code{rquote} are indeed the new left and right quotes.
768Let's look at some context; we can display ten lines of source
769surrounding the current line, with the @code{l} (@code{list}) command.
770
771@smallexample
6ca72cc6 772(_GDBP__) @b{l}
70b88761 773533 xfree(rquote);
e251e767 774534
203eea5d
RP
775535 lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? def_lquote\
776 : xstrdup (lq);
777536 rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\
778 : xstrdup (rq);
e251e767 779537
70b88761
RP
780538 len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
781539 len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
782540 @}
e251e767 783541
70b88761
RP
784542 void
785@end smallexample
786
787@noindent
788Let's step past the two lines that set @code{len_lquote} and
789@code{len_rquote}, and then examine the values of those variables.
790
791@smallexample
6ca72cc6 792(_GDBP__) @b{n}
70b88761 793539 len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
6ca72cc6 794(_GDBP__) @b{n}
70b88761 795540 @}
6ca72cc6 796(_GDBP__) @b{p len_lquote}
70b88761 797$3 = 9
6ca72cc6 798(_GDBP__) @b{p len_rquote}
70b88761
RP
799$4 = 7
800@end smallexample
801
802@noindent
803That certainly looks wrong, assuming @code{len_lquote} and
804@code{len_rquote} are meant to be the lengths of @code{lquote} and
805@code{rquote} respectively. Let's try setting them to better values.
806We can use the @code{p} command for this, since it'll print the value of
807any expression---and that expression can include subroutine calls and
e251e767 808assignments.
70b88761
RP
809
810@smallexample
6ca72cc6 811(_GDBP__) @b{p len_lquote=strlen(lquote)}
70b88761 812$5 = 7
6ca72cc6 813(_GDBP__) @b{p len_rquote=strlen(rquote)}
70b88761
RP
814$6 = 9
815@end smallexample
816
817@noindent
818Let's see if that fixes the problem of using the new quotes with the
819@code{m4} built-in @code{defn}. We can allow @code{m4} to continue
820executing with the @code{c} (@code{continue}) command, and then try the
821example that caused trouble initially:
822
823@smallexample
6ca72cc6 824(_GDBP__) @b{c}
70b88761
RP
825Continuing.
826
6ca72cc6 827@b{define(baz,defn(<QUOTE>foo<UNQUOTE>))}
70b88761
RP
828
829baz
8300000
831@end smallexample
832
833@noindent
834Success! The new quotes now work just as well as the default ones. The
835problem seems to have been just the two typos defining the wrong
836lengths. We'll let @code{m4} exit by giving it an EOF as input.
837
838@smallexample
6ca72cc6 839@b{C-d}
70b88761
RP
840Program exited normally.
841@end smallexample
842
e251e767 843@noindent
70b88761
RP
844The message @samp{Program exited normally.} is from _GDBN__; it
845indicates @code{m4} has finished executing. We can end our _GDBN__
846session with the _GDBN__ @code{quit} command.
847
848@smallexample
6ca72cc6 849(_GDBP__) @b{quit}
70b88761
RP
850_1__@end smallexample
851
852@node Invocation, Commands, Sample Session, Top
853@chapter Getting In and Out of _GDBN__
854
c7cb8acb
RP
855This chapter discusses how to start _GDBN__, and how to get out of it.
856(The essentials: type @samp{_GDBP__} to start GDB, and type @kbd{quit}
857or @kbd{C-d} to exit.)
29a2b744 858
70b88761 859@menu
29a2b744 860* Invoking _GDBN__:: Starting _GDBN__
c2bbbb22 861* Leaving _GDBN__:: Leaving _GDBN__
b80282d5 862* Shell Commands:: Shell Commands
70b88761
RP
863@end menu
864
29a2b744 865@node Invoking _GDBN__, Leaving _GDBN__, Invocation, Invocation
70b88761
RP
866@section Starting _GDBN__
867
1041a570
RP
868Start _GDBN__ with the shell command @code{_GDBP__}. Once it's running,
869_GDBN__ reads commands from the terminal until you tell it to exit.
70b88761 870
c7cb8acb
RP
871You can also run @code{_GDBP__} with a variety of arguments and options,
872to specify more of your debugging environment at the outset.
873
874The command-line options described here are designed
875to cover a variety of situations; in some environments, some of these
876options may effectively be unavailable.
877
878_if__(_H8__)
879For details on starting up _GDBP__ as a
880remote debugger attached to a Hitachi H8/300 board, see @ref{Hitachi
881H8/300 Remote,,_GDBN__ and the Hitachi H8/300}.
882_fi__(_H8__)
883
884The most usual way to start _GDBN__ is with one argument or two,
885specifying an executable program as the argument:
1041a570 886
70b88761 887@example
29a2b744 888_GDBP__ @var{program}
70b88761 889@end example
1041a570 890
70b88761 891@noindent
29a2b744
RP
892You can also start with both an executable program and a core file
893specified:
1041a570 894
70b88761 895@example
29a2b744 896_GDBP__ @var{program} @var{core}
70b88761
RP
897@end example
898
b80282d5
RP
899You can, instead, specify a process ID as a second argument, if you want
900to debug a running process:
1041a570 901
b80282d5 902@example
29a2b744 903_GDBP__ @var{program} 1234
b80282d5 904@end example
1041a570 905
b80282d5
RP
906@noindent
907would attach _GDBN__ to process @code{1234} (unless you also have a file
908named @file{1234}; _GDBN__ does check for a core file first).
909
c7cb8acb
RP
910Taking advantage of the second command-line argument requires a fairly
911complete operating system; when you use _GDBN__ as a remote debugger
912attached to a bare board, there may not be any notion of ``process'',
913and there is often no way to get a core dump.
914
70b88761
RP
915@noindent
916You can further control how _GDBN__ starts up by using command-line
29a2b744
RP
917options. _GDBN__ itself can remind you of the options available.
918
919@noindent
920Type
921
70b88761
RP
922@example
923_GDBP__ -help
924@end example
29a2b744 925
70b88761 926@noindent
29a2b744 927to display all available options and briefly describe their use
70b88761
RP
928(@samp{_GDBP__ -h} is a shorter equivalent).
929
930All options and command line arguments you give are processed
931in sequential order. The order makes a difference when the
e251e767 932@samp{-x} option is used.
70b88761
RP
933
934@menu
b80282d5
RP
935* File Options:: Choosing Files
936* Mode Options:: Choosing Modes
70b88761
RP
937_if__(!_GENERIC__)
938_include__(gdbinv-m.m4)_dnl__
939_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
940@end menu
941
29a2b744 942@node File Options, Mode Options, Invoking _GDBN__, Invoking _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
943@subsection Choosing Files
944
29a2b744
RP
945When _GDBN__ starts, it reads any arguments other than options as
946specifying an executable file and core file (or process ID). This is
947the same as if the arguments were specified by the @samp{-se} and
948@samp{-c} options respectively. (_GDBN__ reads the first argument
949that does not have an associated option flag as equivalent to the
950@samp{-se} option followed by that argument; and the second argument
951that does not have an associated option flag, if any, as equivalent to
952the @samp{-c} option followed by that argument.)
953
954Many options have both long and short forms; both are shown in the
955following list. _GDBN__ also recognizes the long forms if you truncate
956them, so long as enough of the option is present to be unambiguous.
957(If you prefer, you can flag option arguments with @samp{--} rather
958than @samp{-}, though we illustrate the more usual convention.)
70b88761
RP
959
960@table @code
961@item -symbols=@var{file}
962@itemx -s @var{file}
963Read symbol table from file @var{file}.
964
965@item -exec=@var{file}
966@itemx -e @var{file}
967Use file @var{file} as the executable file to execute when
968appropriate, and for examining pure data in conjunction with a core
969dump.
970
3d3ab540 971@item -se=@var{file}
70b88761
RP
972Read symbol table from file @var{file} and use it as the executable
973file.
974
975@item -core=@var{file}
976@itemx -c @var{file}
977Use file @var{file} as a core dump to examine.
978
979@item -command=@var{file}
980@itemx -x @var{file}
981Execute _GDBN__ commands from file @var{file}. @xref{Command Files}.
982
983@item -directory=@var{directory}
984@itemx -d @var{directory}
985Add @var{directory} to the path to search for source files.
14d01801
RP
986
987@item -m
988@itemx -mapped
989@emph{Warning: this option depends on operating system facilities that are not
990supported on all systems.}@*
77b46d13
JG
991If memory-mapped files are available on your system through the @code{mmap}
992system call, you can use this option
5a2c1d85 993to have _GDBN__ write the symbols from your
77b46d13
JG
994program into a reusable file in the current directory. If the program you are debugging is
995called @file{/tmp/fred}, the mapped symbol file will be @file{./fred.syms}.
996Future _GDBN__ debugging sessions will notice the presence of this file,
997and will quickly map in symbol information from it, rather than reading
998the symbol table from the executable program.
999
1000The @file{.syms} file is specific to the host machine on which _GDBN__ is run.
1001It holds an exact image of _GDBN__'s internal symbol table. It cannot be
1002shared across multiple host platforms.
1003
1004@item -r
1005@itemx -readnow
1006Read each symbol file's entire symbol table immediately, rather than
1007the default, which is to read it incrementally as it is needed.
1008This makes startup slower, but makes future operations faster.
70b88761
RP
1009@end table
1010
77b46d13
JG
1011The @code{-mapped} and @code{-readnow} options are typically combined in order to
1012build a @file{.syms} file that contains complete symbol information.
1013A simple GDB invocation to do nothing but build a @file{.syms} file for future
1014use is:
1015
1016@example
1017 gdb -batch -nx -mapped -readnow programname
1018@end example
1019
70b88761 1020_if__(!_GENERIC__)
29a2b744 1021@node Mode Options, Mode Options, File Options, Invoking _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
1022_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
1023_if__(_GENERIC__)
29a2b744
RP
1024@node Mode Options, , File Options, Invoking _GDBN__
1025_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1041a570
RP
1026@subsection Choosing Modes
1027
29a2b744
RP
1028You can run _GDBN__ in various alternative modes---for example, in
1029batch mode or quiet mode.
70b88761
RP
1030
1031@table @code
1032@item -nx
1033@itemx -n
1034Do not execute commands from any @file{_GDBINIT__} initialization files.
1035Normally, the commands in these files are executed after all the
e251e767 1036command options and arguments have been processed.
c728f1f0 1037@xref{Command Files}.
70b88761
RP
1038
1039@item -quiet
1040@itemx -q
1041``Quiet''. Do not print the introductory and copyright messages. These
c338a2fd 1042messages are also suppressed in batch mode.
70b88761
RP
1043
1044@item -batch
1045Run in batch mode. Exit with status @code{0} after processing all the command
1046files specified with @samp{-x} (and @file{_GDBINIT__}, if not inhibited).
1047Exit with nonzero status if an error occurs in executing the _GDBN__
e251e767 1048commands in the command files.
70b88761
RP
1049
1050Batch mode may be useful for running _GDBN__ as a filter, for example to
1051download and run a program on another computer; in order to make this
e251e767 1052more useful, the message
1041a570 1053
70b88761
RP
1054@example
1055Program exited normally.
1056@end example
1041a570 1057
70b88761
RP
1058@noindent
1059(which is ordinarily issued whenever a program running under _GDBN__ control
1060terminates) is not issued when running in batch mode.
1061
3d3ab540 1062@item -cd=@var{directory}
70b88761
RP
1063Run _GDBN__ using @var{directory} as its working directory,
1064instead of the current directory.
1065
6ca72cc6 1066_if__(_LUCID__)
45c53080 1067@item -context @var{authentication}
6ca72cc6
RP
1068When the Energize programming system starts up _GDBN__, it uses this
1069option to trigger an alternate mode of interaction.
1070@var{authentication} is a pair of numeric codes that identify _GDBN__
1071as a client in the Energize environment. Avoid this option when you run
1072_GDBN__ directly from the command line. See @ref{Energize,,Using
1073_GDBN__ with Energize} for more discussion of using _GDBN__ with Energize.
1074_fi__(_LUCID__)
1075
70b88761
RP
1076@item -fullname
1077@itemx -f
1078Emacs sets this option when it runs _GDBN__ as a subprocess. It tells _GDBN__
1079to output the full file name and line number in a standard,
1080recognizable fashion each time a stack frame is displayed (which
29a2b744 1081includes each time your program stops). This recognizable format looks
70b88761
RP
1082like two @samp{\032} characters, followed by the file name, line number
1083and character position separated by colons, and a newline. The
1084Emacs-to-_GDBN__ interface program uses the two @samp{\032} characters as
1085a signal to display the source code for the frame.
1086
1087@item -b @var{bps}
1088Set the line speed (baud rate or bits per second) of any serial
1089interface used by _GDBN__ for remote debugging.
1090
3d3ab540 1091@item -tty=@var{device}
70b88761 1092Run using @var{device} for your program's standard input and output.
29a2b744 1093@c FIXME: kingdon thinks there is more to -tty. Investigate.
70b88761
RP
1094@end table
1095
1096_if__(!_GENERIC__)
1097_include__(gdbinv-s.m4)
1098_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
29a2b744 1099@node Leaving _GDBN__, Shell Commands, Invoking _GDBN__, Invocation
70b88761
RP
1100@section Leaving _GDBN__
1101@cindex exiting _GDBN__
1041a570 1102
70b88761
RP
1103@table @code
1104@item quit
1105@kindex quit
1106@kindex q
1107To exit _GDBN__, use the @code{quit} command (abbreviated @code{q}), or type
e251e767 1108an end-of-file character (usually @kbd{C-d}).
70b88761
RP
1109@end table
1110
1111@cindex interrupt
1112An interrupt (often @kbd{C-c}) will not exit from _GDBN__, but rather
1113will terminate the action of any _GDBN__ command that is in progress and
1114return to _GDBN__ command level. It is safe to type the interrupt
1115character at any time because _GDBN__ does not allow it to take effect
1116until a time when it is safe.
1117
1041a570
RP
1118If you have been using _GDBN__ to control an attached process or device, you
1119can release it with the @code{detach} command; @pxref{Attach,
1120,Debugging an Already-Running Process}..
70b88761
RP
1121
1122@node Shell Commands, , Leaving _GDBN__, Invocation
1123@section Shell Commands
1041a570 1124
70b88761 1125If you need to execute occasional shell commands during your
29a2b744 1126debugging session, there is no need to leave or suspend _GDBN__; you can
70b88761
RP
1127just use the @code{shell} command.
1128
1129@table @code
1130@item shell @var{command string}
1131@kindex shell
1132@cindex shell escape
1133Directs _GDBN__ to invoke an inferior shell to execute @var{command
1134string}. If it exists, the environment variable @code{SHELL} is used
1135for the name of the shell to run. Otherwise _GDBN__ uses
1136@code{/bin/sh}.
1137@end table
1138
1139The utility @code{make} is often needed in development environments.
29a2b744 1140You do not have to use the @code{shell} command for this purpose in _GDBN__:
70b88761
RP
1141
1142@table @code
1143@item make @var{make-args}
1144@kindex make
1145@cindex calling make
1146Causes _GDBN__ to execute an inferior @code{make} program with the specified
1147arguments. This is equivalent to @samp{shell make @var{make-args}}.
1148@end table
1149
1150@node Commands, Running, Invocation, Top
1151@chapter _GDBN__ Commands
1152
6f3ec223
RP
1153You can abbreviate a _GDBN__ command to the first few letters of the command
1154name, if that abbreviation is unambiguous; and you can repeat certain
84c2fcad 1155_GDBN__ commands by typing just @key{RET}. You can also use the @key{TAB}
6f3ec223
RP
1156key to get _GDBN__ to fill out the rest of a word in a command (or to
1157show you the alternatives available, if there's more than one possibility).
29a2b744 1158
70b88761 1159@menu
b80282d5 1160* Command Syntax:: Command Syntax
6f3ec223 1161* Completion:: Command Completion
b80282d5 1162* Help:: Getting Help
70b88761
RP
1163@end menu
1164
6f3ec223 1165@node Command Syntax, Completion, Commands, Commands
70b88761 1166@section Command Syntax
1041a570 1167
70b88761
RP
1168A _GDBN__ command is a single line of input. There is no limit on how long
1169it can be. It starts with a command name, which is followed by arguments
1170whose meaning depends on the command name. For example, the command
1171@code{step} accepts an argument which is the number of times to step,
1172as in @samp{step 5}. You can also use the @code{step} command with
1173no arguments. Some command names do not allow any arguments.
1174
1175@cindex abbreviation
1176_GDBN__ command names may always be truncated if that abbreviation is
1177unambiguous. Other possible command abbreviations are listed in the
1178documentation for individual commands. In some cases, even ambiguous
1179abbreviations are allowed; for example, @code{s} is specially defined as
1180equivalent to @code{step} even though there are other commands whose
1181names start with @code{s}. You can test abbreviations by using them as
7463aadd 1182arguments to the @code{help} command.
70b88761 1183
e251e767 1184@cindex repeating commands
70b88761
RP
1185@kindex RET
1186A blank line as input to _GDBN__ (typing just @key{RET}) means to
1187repeat the previous command. Certain commands (for example, @code{run})
1188will not repeat this way; these are commands for which unintentional
1189repetition might cause trouble and which you are unlikely to want to
1190repeat.
1191
1192The @code{list} and @code{x} commands, when you repeat them with
1193@key{RET}, construct new arguments rather than repeating
1194exactly as typed. This permits easy scanning of source or memory.
1195
b80282d5
RP
1196_GDBN__ can also use @key{RET} in another way: to partition lengthy
1197output, in a way similar to the common utility @code{more}
29a2b744 1198(@pxref{Screen Size}). Since it is easy to press one @key{RET} too many
b80282d5
RP
1199in this situation, _GDBN__ disables command repetition after any command
1200that generates this sort of display.
1201
70b88761
RP
1202@kindex #
1203@cindex comment
1204A line of input starting with @kbd{#} is a comment; it does nothing.
29a2b744 1205This is useful mainly in command files (@pxref{Command Files}).
70b88761 1206
6f3ec223
RP
1207@node Completion, Help, Command Syntax, Commands
1208@section Command Completion
1209
1210@cindex completion
1211@cindex word completion
1212_GDBN__ can fill in the rest of a word in a command for you, if there's
1213only one possibility; it can also show you what the valid possibilities
1214are for the next word in a command, at any time. This works for _GDBN__
1215commands, _GDBN__ subcommands, and the names of symbols in your program.
1216
1217Press the @key{TAB} key whenever you want _GDBN__ to fill out the rest
1218of a word. If there's only one possibility, _GDBN__ will fill in the
1219word, and wait for you to finish the command (or press @key{RET} to
1220enter it). For example, if you type
1221
0fdc6e27
RP
1222@c FIXME "@key" doesn't distinguish its argument sufficiently to permit
1223@c complete accuracy in these examples; space introduced for clarity.
1224@c If texinfo enhancements make it unnecessary, it would be nice to
1225@c replace " @key" by "@key" in the following...
6f3ec223 1226@example
0fdc6e27 1227(_GDBP__) info bre @key{TAB}
6f3ec223
RP
1228@end example
1229
1230@noindent
1231_GDBN__ fills in the rest of the word @samp{breakpoints}, since that's
1232the only @code{info} subcommand beginning with @samp{bre}:
1233
1234@example
1235(_GDBP__) info breakpoints
1236@end example
1237
1238@noindent
1239You can either press @key{RET} at this point, to run the @code{info
1240breakpoints} command, or backspace and enter something else, if
1241@samp{breakpoints} doesn't look like the command you expected. (If you
1242were sure you wanted @code{info breakpoints} in the first place, you
1243might as well just type @key{RET} immediately after @samp{info bre},
1244to exploit command abbreviations rather than command completion).
1245
1246If there is more than one possibility for the next word when you press
1247@key{TAB}, _GDBN__ will sound a bell. You can either supply more
1248characters and try again, or just press @key{TAB} a second time, and
1249_GDBN__ will display all the possible completions for that word. For
1250example, you might want to set a breakpoint on a subroutine whose name
b1385986 1251begins with @samp{make_}, but when you type @kbd{b make_@key{TAB}} _GDBN__
6f3ec223
RP
1252just sounds the bell. Typing @key{TAB} again will display all the
1253function names in your program that begin with those characters, for
1254example:
1255
1256@example
0fdc6e27 1257(_GDBP__) b make_ @key{TAB}
b1385986 1258@exdent _GDBN__ sounds bell; press @key{TAB} again, to see:
6f3ec223
RP
1259make_a_section_from_file make_environ
1260make_abs_section make_function_type
1261make_blockvector make_pointer_type
1262make_cleanup make_reference_type
1263make_command make_symbol_completion_list
b1385986 1264(GDBP__) b make_
6f3ec223
RP
1265@end example
1266
1267@noindent
1268After displaying the available possibilities, _GDBN__ copies your
b1385986 1269partial input (@samp{b make_} in the example) so you can finish the
6f3ec223
RP
1270command.
1271
1272If you just want to see the list of alternatives in the first place, you
b1385986
RP
1273can press @kbd{M-?} rather than pressing @key{TAB} twice. @kbd{M-?}
1274means @kbd{@key{META} ?}. You can type this either by holding down a
1275key designated as the @key{META} shift on your keyboard (if there is
1276one) while typing @kbd{?}, or by typing @key{ESC} followed by @kbd{?}.
6f3ec223
RP
1277
1278@cindex quotes in commands
1279@cindex completion of quoted strings
1280Sometimes the string you need, while logically a ``word'', may contain
1281parentheses or other characters that _GDBN__ normally excludes from its
1282notion of a word. To permit word completion to work in this situation,
1283you may enclose words in @code{'} (single quote marks) in _GDBN__ commands.
1284
1285The most likely situation where you might need this is in typing the
1286name of a C++ function. This is because C++ allows function overloading
1287(multiple definitions of the same function, distinguished by argument
b1385986
RP
1288type). For example, when you want to set a breakpoint you may need to
1289distinguish whether you mean the version of @code{name} that takes an
1290@code{int} parameter, @code{name(int)}, or the version that takes a
1291@code{float} parameter, @code{name(float)}. To use the word-completion
1292facilities in this situation, type a single quote @code{'} at the
1293beginning of the function name. This alerts _GDBN__ that it may need to
1294consider more information than usual when you press @key{TAB} or
1295@kbd{M-?} to request word completion:
6f3ec223
RP
1296
1297@example
0fdc6e27
RP
1298(_GDBP__) b 'bubble( @key{M-?}
1299bubble(double,double) bubble(int,int)
1300(_GDBP__) b 'bubble(
6f3ec223
RP
1301@end example
1302
0fdc6e27
RP
1303In some cases, _GDBN__ can tell that completing a name will require
1304quotes. When this happens, _GDBN__ will insert the quote for you (while
1305completing as much as it can) if you do not type the quote in the first
1306place:
1307
1308@example
1309(_GDBP__) b bub @key{TAB}
1310@exdent _GDBN__ alters your input line to the following, and rings a bell:
1311(_GDBP__) b 'bubble(
1312@end example
1313
1314@noindent
1315In general, _GDBN__ can tell that a quote is needed (and inserts it) if
1316you have not yet started typing the argument list when you ask for
1317completion on an overloaded symbol.
1318
1319
6f3ec223 1320@node Help, , Completion, Commands
70b88761
RP
1321@section Getting Help
1322@cindex online documentation
1323@kindex help
1041a570 1324
70b88761 1325You can always ask _GDBN__ itself for information on its commands, using the
e251e767 1326command @code{help}.
70b88761
RP
1327
1328@table @code
1329@item help
1330@itemx h
1331@kindex h
1332You can use @code{help} (abbreviated @code{h}) with no arguments to
1333display a short list of named classes of commands:
1041a570 1334
70b88761
RP
1335@smallexample
1336(_GDBP__) help
1337List of classes of commands:
1338
1339running -- Running the program
1340stack -- Examining the stack
1341data -- Examining data
1342breakpoints -- Making program stop at certain points
1343files -- Specifying and examining files
1344status -- Status inquiries
1345support -- Support facilities
1346user-defined -- User-defined commands
1347aliases -- Aliases of other commands
1348obscure -- Obscure features
1349
203eea5d
RP
1350Type "help" followed by a class name for a list of
1351commands in that class.
1352Type "help" followed by command name for full
1353documentation.
70b88761 1354Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
e251e767 1355(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
1356@end smallexample
1357
1358@item help @var{class}
1359Using one of the general help classes as an argument, you can get a
1360list of the individual commands in that class. For example, here is the
1361help display for the class @code{status}:
1041a570 1362
70b88761
RP
1363@smallexample
1364(_GDBP__) help status
1365Status inquiries.
1366
1367List of commands:
1368
1369show -- Generic command for showing things set with "set"
1370info -- Generic command for printing status
1371
203eea5d
RP
1372Type "help" followed by command name for full
1373documentation.
70b88761 1374Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
e251e767 1375(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
1376@end smallexample
1377
1378@item help @var{command}
1379With a command name as @code{help} argument, _GDBN__ will display a
e251e767 1380short paragraph on how to use that command.
70b88761
RP
1381@end table
1382
1383In addition to @code{help}, you can use the _GDBN__ commands @code{info}
1384and @code{show} to inquire about the state of your program, or the state
1385of _GDBN__ itself. Each command supports many topics of inquiry; this
1386manual introduces each of them in the appropriate context. The listings
1387under @code{info} and under @code{show} in the Index point to
29a2b744 1388all the sub-commands. @xref{Index}.
70b88761
RP
1389
1390@c @group
1391@table @code
1392@item info
1393@kindex info
1394@kindex i
1395This command (abbreviated @code{i}) is for describing the state of your
1396program; for example, it can list the arguments given to your program
1397(@code{info args}), the registers currently in use (@code{info
1041a570 1398registers}), or the breakpoints you have set (@code{info breakpoints}).
70b88761
RP
1399You can get a complete list of the @code{info} sub-commands with
1400@w{@code{help info}}.
1401
1402@kindex show
1403@item show
1404In contrast, @code{show} is for describing the state of _GDBN__ itself.
1405You can change most of the things you can @code{show}, by using the
1406related command @code{set}; for example, you can control what number
1407system is used for displays with @code{set radix}, or simply inquire
e251e767 1408which is currently in use with @code{show radix}.
70b88761
RP
1409
1410@kindex info set
1411To display all the settable parameters and their current
1412values, you can use @code{show} with no arguments; you may also use
1413@code{info set}. Both commands produce the same display.
1414@c FIXME: "info set" violates the rule that "info" is for state of
1415@c FIXME...program. Ck w/ GNU: "info set" to be called something else,
1416@c FIXME...or change desc of rule---eg "state of prog and debugging session"?
1417@end table
1418@c @end group
1419
1420Here are three miscellaneous @code{show} subcommands, all of which are
1421exceptional in lacking corresponding @code{set} commands:
1422
1423@table @code
1424@kindex show version
3d3ab540 1425@cindex version number
70b88761
RP
1426@item show version
1427Show what version of _GDBN__ is running. You should include this
1041a570
RP
1428information in _GDBN__ bug-reports. If multiple versions of _GDBN__ are in
1429use at your site, you may occasionally want to make sure what version
1430of _GDBN__ you are running; as _GDBN__ evolves, new commands are introduced,
1431and old ones may wither away. The version number is also announced
1432when you start _GDBN__ with no arguments.
70b88761
RP
1433
1434@kindex show copying
1435@item show copying
1436Display information about permission for copying _GDBN__.
1437
1438@kindex show warranty
1439@item show warranty
1440Display the GNU ``NO WARRANTY'' statement.
1441@end table
1442
1443@node Running, Stopping, Commands, Top
1444@chapter Running Programs Under _GDBN__
1445
1041a570
RP
1446To debug a program, you must run it under _GDBN__.
1447
70b88761 1448@menu
b80282d5
RP
1449* Compilation:: Compiling for Debugging
1450* Starting:: Starting your Program
1451* Arguments:: Your Program's Arguments
1452* Environment:: Your Program's Environment
1453* Working Directory:: Your Program's Working Directory
1454* Input/Output:: Your Program's Input and Output
1455* Attach:: Debugging an Already-Running Process
1456* Kill Process:: Killing the Child Process
d24e0922 1457* Process Information:: Additional Process Information
70b88761
RP
1458@end menu
1459
1460@node Compilation, Starting, Running, Running
1461@section Compiling for Debugging
1462
1463In order to debug a program effectively, you need to generate
1464debugging information when you compile it. This debugging information
1465is stored in the object file; it describes the data type of each
1466variable or function and the correspondence between source line numbers
1467and addresses in the executable code.
1468
1469To request debugging information, specify the @samp{-g} option when you run
1470the compiler.
1471
1472Many C compilers are unable to handle the @samp{-g} and @samp{-O}
1473options together. Using those compilers, you cannot generate optimized
1474executables containing debugging information.
1475
c7cb8acb
RP
1476_GCC__, the GNU C compiler, supports @samp{-g} with or without
1477@samp{-O}, making it possible to debug optimized code. We recommend
1478that you @emph{always} use @samp{-g} whenever you compile a program.
1479You may think your program is correct, but there is no sense in pushing
1480your luck.
70b88761 1481
6ca72cc6
RP
1482@cindex optimized code, debugging
1483@cindex debugging optimized code
1484When you debug a program compiled with @samp{-g -O}, remember that the
1485optimizer is rearranging your code; the debugger will show you what's
1486really there. Don't be too surprised when the execution path doesn't
1487exactly match your source file! An extreme example: if you define a
1488variable, but never use it, _GDBN__ will never see that
1489variable---because the compiler optimizes it out of existence.
1490
70b88761
RP
1491Some things do not work as well with @samp{-g -O} as with just
1492@samp{-g}, particularly on machines with instruction scheduling. If in
1493doubt, recompile with @samp{-g} alone, and if this fixes the problem,
1494please report it as a bug (including a test case!).
1495
1496Older versions of the GNU C compiler permitted a variant option
c7cb8acb 1497@w{@samp{-gg}} for debugging information. _GDBN__ no longer supports this
70b88761
RP
1498format; if your GNU C compiler has this option, do not use it.
1499
1500@ignore
1501@comment As far as I know, there are no cases in which _GDBN__ will
1502@comment produce strange output in this case. (but no promises).
1503If your program includes archives made with the @code{ar} program, and
1504if the object files used as input to @code{ar} were compiled without the
1505@samp{-g} option and have names longer than 15 characters, _GDBN__ will get
29a2b744 1506confused reading your program's symbol table. No error message will be
70b88761
RP
1507given, but _GDBN__ may behave strangely. The reason for this problem is a
1508deficiency in the Unix archive file format, which cannot represent file
1509names longer than 15 characters.
1510
1511To avoid this problem, compile the archive members with the @samp{-g}
1512option or use shorter file names. Alternatively, use a version of GNU
1513@code{ar} dated more recently than August 1989.
1514@end ignore
1515
70b88761
RP
1516@node Starting, Arguments, Compilation, Running
1517@section Starting your Program
1518@cindex starting
1519@cindex running
1041a570 1520
70b88761
RP
1521@table @code
1522@item run
1523@itemx r
1524@kindex run
1041a570
RP
1525Use the @code{run} command to start your program under _GDBN__. You must
1526first specify the program name
e251e767 1527_if__(_VXWORKS__)
7463aadd 1528(except on VxWorks)
70b88761 1529_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
1041a570
RP
1530with an argument to
1531_GDBN__ (@pxref{Invocation, ,Getting In and Out of _GDBN__}), or by using the
1532@code{file} or @code{exec-file} command (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to
1533Specify Files}).
1534
70b88761
RP
1535@end table
1536
29a2b744
RP
1537If you are running your program in an execution environment that
1538supports processes, @code{run} creates an inferior process and makes
1539that process run your program. (In environments without processes,
1540@code{run} jumps to the start of your program.)
70b88761
RP
1541
1542The execution of a program is affected by certain information it
1543receives from its superior. _GDBN__ provides ways to specify this
6ca72cc6 1544information, which you must do @emph{before} starting your program. (You
29a2b744
RP
1545can change it after starting your program, but such changes will only affect
1546your program the next time you start it.) This information may be
70b88761
RP
1547divided into four categories:
1548
1549@table @asis
6ca72cc6 1550@item The @emph{arguments.}
29a2b744 1551Specify the arguments to give your program as the arguments of the
1041a570
RP
1552@code{run} command. If a shell is available on your target, the shell
1553is used to pass the arguments, so that you may use normal conventions
1554(such as wildcard expansion or variable substitution) in describing
1555the arguments. In Unix systems, you can control which shell is used
1556with the @code{SHELL} environment variable. @xref{Arguments, ,Your
1557Program's Arguments}.
70b88761 1558
6ca72cc6 1559@item The @emph{environment.}
70b88761
RP
1560Your program normally inherits its environment from _GDBN__, but you can
1561use the _GDBN__ commands @code{set environment} and @code{unset
1562environment} to change parts of the environment that will be given to
1041a570 1563your program. @xref{Environment, ,Your Program's Environment}.
70b88761 1564
6ca72cc6 1565@item The @emph{working directory.}
70b88761
RP
1566Your program inherits its working directory from _GDBN__. You can set
1567_GDBN__'s working directory with the @code{cd} command in _GDBN__.
29a2b744 1568@xref{Working Directory, ,Your Program's Working Directory}.
70b88761 1569
6ca72cc6 1570@item The @emph{standard input and output.}
70b88761
RP
1571Your program normally uses the same device for standard input and
1572standard output as _GDBN__ is using. You can redirect input and output
1573in the @code{run} command line, or you can use the @code{tty} command to
1574set a different device for your program.
1041a570 1575@xref{Input/Output, ,Your Program's Input and Output}.
3d3ab540
RP
1576
1577@cindex pipes
29a2b744
RP
1578@emph{Warning:} While input and output redirection work, you cannot use
1579pipes to pass the output of the program you are debugging to another
3d3ab540
RP
1580program; if you attempt this, _GDBN__ is likely to wind up debugging the
1581wrong program.
70b88761
RP
1582@end table
1583
29a2b744 1584@c FIXME: Rewrite following paragraph, especially its third sentence.
1041a570
RP
1585When you issue the @code{run} command, your program begins to execute
1586immediately. @xref{Stopping, ,Stopping and Continuing}, for
29a2b744
RP
1587discussion of how to arrange for your program to stop. Once your
1588program has been started by the @code{run} command (and then stopped),
1041a570
RP
1589you may evaluate expressions that involve calls to functions in your
1590program, using the @code{print} or @code{call} commands. @xref{Data,
1591,Examining Data}.
70b88761 1592
29a2b744 1593If the modification time of your symbol file has changed since the
1041a570
RP
1594last time _GDBN__ read its symbols, _GDBN__ will discard its symbol table and
1595re-read it. When it does this, _GDBN__ tries to retain your current
1596breakpoints.
70b88761
RP
1597
1598@node Arguments, Environment, Starting, Running
1599@section Your Program's Arguments
1600
1601@cindex arguments (to your program)
1602The arguments to your program can be specified by the arguments of the
1603@code{run} command. They are passed to a shell, which expands wildcard
29a2b744 1604characters and performs redirection of I/O, and thence to your program.
70b88761
RP
1605_GDBN__ uses the shell indicated by your environment variable
1606@code{SHELL} if it exists; otherwise, _GDBN__ uses @code{/bin/sh}.
1607
1608@code{run} with no arguments uses the same arguments used by the previous
1609@code{run}, or those set by the @code{set args} command.
1610
1611@kindex set args
1612@table @code
1613@item set args
1614Specify the arguments to be used the next time your program is run. If
1615@code{set args} has no arguments, @code{run} will execute your program
e251e767 1616with no arguments. Once you have run your program with arguments,
70b88761
RP
1617using @code{set args} before the next @code{run} is the only way to run
1618it again without arguments.
1619
1620@item show args
1621@kindex show args
1622Show the arguments to give your program when it is started.
1623@end table
1624
1625@node Environment, Working Directory, Arguments, Running
1626@section Your Program's Environment
1627
1628@cindex environment (of your program)
1629The @dfn{environment} consists of a set of environment variables and
1630their values. Environment variables conventionally record such things as
1631your user name, your home directory, your terminal type, and your search
1632path for programs to run. Usually you set up environment variables with
1633the shell and they are inherited by all the other programs you run. When
29a2b744 1634debugging, it can be useful to try running your program with a modified
70b88761
RP
1635environment without having to start _GDBN__ over again.
1636
1637@table @code
1638@item path @var{directory}
1639@kindex path
1640Add @var{directory} to the front of the @code{PATH} environment variable
1641(the search path for executables), for both _GDBN__ and your program.
1642You may specify several directory names, separated by @samp{:} or
1643whitespace. If @var{directory} is already in the path, it is moved to
e251e767 1644the front, so it will be searched sooner.
7463aadd
RP
1645
1646You can use the string @samp{$cwd} to refer to whatever is the current
1647working directory at the time _GDBN__ searches the path. If you use
1648@samp{.} instead, it refers to the directory where you executed the
1649@code{path} command. _GDBN__ fills in the current path where needed in
1650the @var{directory} argument, before adding it to the search path.
29a2b744 1651@c 'path' is explicitly nonrepeatable, but RMS points out it is silly to
70b88761
RP
1652@c document that, since repeating it would be a no-op.
1653
1654@item show paths
1655@kindex show paths
1656Display the list of search paths for executables (the @code{PATH}
1657environment variable).
1658
1659@item show environment @r{[}@var{varname}@r{]}
1660@kindex show environment
1661Print the value of environment variable @var{varname} to be given to
29a2b744 1662your program when it starts. If you do not supply @var{varname},
70b88761
RP
1663print the names and values of all environment variables to be given to
1664your program. You can abbreviate @code{environment} as @code{env}.
1665
7463aadd 1666@item set environment @var{varname} @r{[}=@r{]} @var{value}
70b88761
RP
1667@kindex set environment
1668Sets environment variable @var{varname} to @var{value}. The value
1669changes for your program only, not for _GDBN__ itself. @var{value} may
1670be any string; the values of environment variables are just strings, and
1671any interpretation is supplied by your program itself. The @var{value}
1672parameter is optional; if it is eliminated, the variable is set to a
1673null value.
29a2b744 1674@c "any string" here does not include leading, trailing
70b88761
RP
1675@c blanks. Gnu asks: does anyone care?
1676
1677For example, this command:
1678
1679@example
1680set env USER = foo
1681@end example
1682
1683@noindent
1684tells a Unix program, when subsequently run, that its user is named
1685@samp{foo}. (The spaces around @samp{=} are used for clarity here; they
1686are not actually required.)
1687
1688@item unset environment @var{varname}
1689@kindex unset environment
1690Remove variable @var{varname} from the environment to be passed to your
1691program. This is different from @samp{set env @var{varname} =};
1692@code{unset environment} removes the variable from the environment,
e251e767 1693rather than assigning it an empty value.
70b88761
RP
1694@end table
1695
1696@node Working Directory, Input/Output, Environment, Running
1697@section Your Program's Working Directory
1698
1699@cindex working directory (of your program)
1700Each time you start your program with @code{run}, it inherits its
1701working directory from the current working directory of _GDBN__. _GDBN__'s
1702working directory is initially whatever it inherited from its parent
1703process (typically the shell), but you can specify a new working
1704directory in _GDBN__ with the @code{cd} command.
1705
1706The _GDBN__ working directory also serves as a default for the commands
1041a570
RP
1707that specify files for _GDBN__ to operate on. @xref{Files, ,Commands to
1708Specify Files}.
70b88761
RP
1709
1710@table @code
1711@item cd @var{directory}
1712@kindex cd
1713Set _GDBN__'s working directory to @var{directory}.
1714
1715@item pwd
1716@kindex pwd
1717Print _GDBN__'s working directory.
1718@end table
1719
1720@node Input/Output, Attach, Working Directory, Running
1721@section Your Program's Input and Output
1722
1723@cindex redirection
1724@cindex i/o
1725@cindex terminal
1726By default, the program you run under _GDBN__ does input and output to
1727the same terminal that _GDBN__ uses. _GDBN__ switches the terminal to
1728its own terminal modes to interact with you, but it records the terminal
1729modes your program was using and switches back to them when you continue
1730running your program.
1731
1732@table @code
1733@item info terminal
1734@kindex info terminal
1735Displays _GDBN__'s recorded information about the terminal modes your
1736program is using.
1737@end table
1738
29a2b744 1739You can redirect your program's input and/or output using shell
70b88761
RP
1740redirection with the @code{run} command. For example,
1741
1742_0__@example
1743run > outfile
1744_1__@end example
1745
1746@noindent
29a2b744 1747starts your program, diverting its output to the file @file{outfile}.
70b88761
RP
1748
1749@kindex tty
1750@cindex controlling terminal
29a2b744 1751Another way to specify where your program should do input and output is
70b88761
RP
1752with the @code{tty} command. This command accepts a file name as
1753argument, and causes this file to be the default for future @code{run}
1754commands. It also resets the controlling terminal for the child
1755process, for future @code{run} commands. For example,
1756
1757@example
1758tty /dev/ttyb
1759@end example
1760
1761@noindent
1762directs that processes started with subsequent @code{run} commands
1763default to do input and output on the terminal @file{/dev/ttyb} and have
1764that as their controlling terminal.
1765
1766An explicit redirection in @code{run} overrides the @code{tty} command's
1767effect on the input/output device, but not its effect on the controlling
1768terminal.
1769
1770When you use the @code{tty} command or redirect input in the @code{run}
1771command, only the input @emph{for your program} is affected. The input
1772for _GDBN__ still comes from your terminal.
1773
1774@node Attach, Kill Process, Input/Output, Running
1775@section Debugging an Already-Running Process
1776@kindex attach
1777@cindex attach
1778
1779@table @code
1780@item attach @var{process-id}
1781This command
1782attaches to a running process---one that was started outside _GDBN__.
1783(@code{info files} will show your active targets.) The command takes as
1784argument a process ID. The usual way to find out the process-id of
1785a Unix process is with the @code{ps} utility, or with the @samp{jobs -l}
e251e767 1786shell command.
70b88761
RP
1787
1788@code{attach} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} a second time after
1789executing the command.
1790@end table
1791
1792To use @code{attach}, you must be debugging in an environment which
1793supports processes. You must also have permission to send the process a
1794signal, and it must have the same effective user ID as the _GDBN__
1795process.
1796
1797When using @code{attach}, you should first use the @code{file} command
1798to specify the program running in the process and load its symbol table.
29a2b744 1799@xref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}.
70b88761
RP
1800
1801The first thing _GDBN__ does after arranging to debug the specified
1802process is to stop it. You can examine and modify an attached process
1803with all the _GDBN__ commands that are ordinarily available when you start
1804processes with @code{run}. You can insert breakpoints; you can step and
1805continue; you can modify storage. If you would rather the process
1806continue running, you may use the @code{continue} command after
1807attaching _GDBN__ to the process.
1808
1809@table @code
1810@item detach
1811@kindex detach
1812When you have finished debugging the attached process, you can use the
1813@code{detach} command to release it from _GDBN__'s control. Detaching
1814the process continues its execution. After the @code{detach} command,
1815that process and _GDBN__ become completely independent once more, and you
1816are ready to @code{attach} another process or start one with @code{run}.
1817@code{detach} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after
1818executing the command.
1819@end table
1820
1821If you exit _GDBN__ or use the @code{run} command while you have an attached
1822process, you kill that process. By default, you will be asked for
1823confirmation if you try to do either of these things; you can control
1824whether or not you need to confirm by using the @code{set confirm} command
29a2b744 1825(@pxref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings and Messages}).
70b88761 1826
d24e0922 1827@node Kill Process, Process Information, Attach, Running
70b88761
RP
1828@c @group
1829@section Killing the Child Process
1830
1831@table @code
1832@item kill
1833@kindex kill
1834Kill the child process in which your program is running under _GDBN__.
1835@end table
1836
1837This command is useful if you wish to debug a core dump instead of a
1838running process. _GDBN__ ignores any core dump file while your program
1839is running.
1840@c @end group
1841
29a2b744 1842On some operating systems, a program cannot be executed outside _GDBN__
70b88761 1843while you have breakpoints set on it inside _GDBN__. You can use the
29a2b744 1844@code{kill} command in this situation to permit running your program
70b88761
RP
1845outside the debugger.
1846
1847The @code{kill} command is also useful if you wish to recompile and
29a2b744 1848relink your program, since on many systems it is impossible to modify an
70b88761
RP
1849executable file while it is running in a process. In this case, when you
1850next type @code{run}, _GDBN__ will notice that the file has changed, and
1851will re-read the symbol table (while trying to preserve your current
1852breakpoint settings).
1853
d24e0922
RP
1854@node Process Information, , Kill Process, Running
1855@section Additional Process Information
1856
1857@kindex /proc
1858@cindex process image
1859Some operating systems provide a facility called @samp{/proc} that can
cc9bc574
RP
1860be used to examine the image of a running process using file-system
1861subroutines. If _GDBN__ is configured for an operating system with this
1862facility, the command @code{info proc} is available to report on several
1863kinds of information about the process running your program.
d24e0922
RP
1864
1865@table @code
1866@item info proc
1867@kindex info proc
1868Summarize available information about the process.
1869
1870@item info proc mappings
1871@kindex info proc mappings
1872Report on the address ranges accessible in the program, with information
1873on whether your program may read, write, or execute each range.
1874
1875@item info proc times
1876@kindex info proc times
1877Starting time, user CPU time, and system CPU time for your program and
1878its children.
1879
1880@item info proc id
1881@kindex info proc id
1882Report on the process ID's related to your program: its own process id,
1883the id of its parent, the process group id, and the session id.
1884
1885@item info proc status
1886@kindex info proc status
1887General information on the state of the process. If the process is
1888stopped, this report includes the reason for stopping, and any signal
1889received.
cc9bc574
RP
1890
1891@item info proc all
1892Show all the above information about the process.
d24e0922
RP
1893@end table
1894
70b88761
RP
1895@node Stopping, Stack, Running, Top
1896@chapter Stopping and Continuing
1897
1898The principal purpose of using a debugger is so that you can stop your
29a2b744 1899program before it terminates; or so that, if your program runs into
70b88761
RP
1900trouble, you can investigate and find out why.
1901
1902Inside _GDBN__, your program may stop for any of several reasons, such
1903as a signal, a breakpoint, or reaching a new line after a _GDBN__
1904command such as @code{step}. You may then examine and change
1905variables, set new breakpoints or remove old ones, and then continue
1906execution. Usually, the messages shown by _GDBN__ provide ample
1907explanation of the status of your program---but you can also explicitly
1908request this information at any time.
1909
1910@table @code
1911@item info program
1912@kindex info program
1913Display information about the status of your program: whether it is
1914running or not, what process it is, and why it stopped.
1915@end table
1916
1917@menu
b80282d5
RP
1918* Breakpoints:: Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
1919* Continuing and Stepping:: Resuming Execution
1920* Signals:: Signals
70b88761
RP
1921@end menu
1922
3d3ab540 1923@node Breakpoints, Continuing and Stepping, Stopping, Stopping
70b88761
RP
1924@section Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
1925
1926@cindex breakpoints
1927A @dfn{breakpoint} makes your program stop whenever a certain point in
1041a570 1928the program is reached. For each breakpoint, you can add various
29a2b744 1929conditions to control in finer detail whether your program will stop.
70b88761 1930You can set breakpoints with the @code{break} command and its variants
29a2b744
RP
1931(@pxref{Set Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}), to specify the place where
1932your program should stop by line number, function name or exact address
1041a570 1933in the program. In languages with exception handling (such as GNU
29a2b744 1934C++), you can also set breakpoints where an exception is raised
1041a570 1935(@pxref{Exception Handling, ,Breakpoints and Exceptions}).
70b88761
RP
1936
1937@cindex watchpoints
6ca72cc6
RP
1938@cindex memory tracing
1939@cindex breakpoint on memory address
1940@cindex breakpoint on variable modification
29a2b744
RP
1941A @dfn{watchpoint} is a special breakpoint that stops your program
1942when the value of an expression changes. You must use a different
1943command to set watchpoints (@pxref{Set Watchpoints, ,Setting
1944Watchpoints}), but aside from that, you can manage a watchpoint like
1945any other breakpoint: you enable, disable, and delete both breakpoints
1041a570 1946and watchpoints using the same commands.
70b88761 1947
6ca72cc6
RP
1948@cindex breakpoint numbers
1949@cindex numbers for breakpoints
1950_GDBN__ assigns a number to each breakpoint or watchpoint when you
1951create it; these numbers are successive integers starting with one. In
1952many of the commands for controlling various features of breakpoints you
1953use the breakpoint number to say which breakpoint you want to change.
1954Each breakpoint may be @dfn{enabled} or @dfn{disabled}; if disabled, it has
29a2b744 1955no effect on your program until you enable it again.
70b88761
RP
1956
1957@menu
b80282d5
RP
1958* Set Breaks:: Setting Breakpoints
1959* Set Watchpoints:: Setting Watchpoints
1960* Exception Handling:: Breakpoints and Exceptions
1961* Delete Breaks:: Deleting Breakpoints
1962* Disabling:: Disabling Breakpoints
1963* Conditions:: Break Conditions
1964* Break Commands:: Breakpoint Command Lists
1965* Breakpoint Menus:: Breakpoint Menus
e251e767 1966* Error in Breakpoints::
70b88761
RP
1967@end menu
1968
1969@node Set Breaks, Set Watchpoints, Breakpoints, Breakpoints
1970@subsection Setting Breakpoints
1971
4906534f
RP
1972@c FIXME LMB what does GDB do if no code on line of breakpt?
1973@c consider in particular declaration with/without initialization.
1974@c
1975@c FIXME 2 is there stuff on this already? break at fun start, already init?
1976
70b88761
RP
1977@kindex break
1978@kindex b
6ca72cc6
RP
1979@kindex $bpnum
1980@cindex latest breakpoint
1981Breakpoints are set with the @code{break} command (abbreviated
1982@code{b}). The debugger convenience variable @samp{$bpnum} records the
1983number of the beakpoint you've set most recently; see @ref{Convenience
d24e0922 1984Vars,, Convenience Variables}, for a discussion of what you can do with
6ca72cc6 1985convenience variables.
70b88761
RP
1986
1987You have several ways to say where the breakpoint should go.
1988
1989@table @code
1990@item break @var{function}
1991Set a breakpoint at entry to function @var{function}. When using source
1992languages that permit overloading of symbols, such as C++,
1993@var{function} may refer to more than one possible place to break.
1994@xref{Breakpoint Menus}, for a discussion of that situation.
1995
1996@item break +@var{offset}
1997@itemx break -@var{offset}
1998Set a breakpoint some number of lines forward or back from the position
1999at which execution stopped in the currently selected frame.
2000
2001@item break @var{linenum}
2002Set a breakpoint at line @var{linenum} in the current source file.
2003That file is the last file whose source text was printed. This
29a2b744 2004breakpoint will stop your program just before it executes any of the
70b88761
RP
2005code on that line.
2006
2007@item break @var{filename}:@var{linenum}
2008Set a breakpoint at line @var{linenum} in source file @var{filename}.
2009
2010@item break @var{filename}:@var{function}
2011Set a breakpoint at entry to function @var{function} found in file
2012@var{filename}. Specifying a file name as well as a function name is
2013superfluous except when multiple files contain similarly named
2014functions.
2015
2016@item break *@var{address}
2017Set a breakpoint at address @var{address}. You can use this to set
29a2b744 2018breakpoints in parts of your program which do not have debugging
70b88761
RP
2019information or source files.
2020
2021@item break
29a2b744
RP
2022When called without any arguments, @code{break} sets a breakpoint at
2023the next instruction to be executed in the selected stack frame
2024(@pxref{Stack, ,Examining the Stack}). In any selected frame but the
2025innermost, this will cause your program to stop as soon as control
2026returns to that frame. This is similar to the effect of a
2027@code{finish} command in the frame inside the selected frame---except
2028that @code{finish} does not leave an active breakpoint. If you use
1041a570
RP
2029@code{break} without an argument in the innermost frame, _GDBN__ will stop
2030the next time it reaches the current location; this may be useful
2031inside loops.
70b88761
RP
2032
2033_GDBN__ normally ignores breakpoints when it resumes execution, until at
2034least one instruction has been executed. If it did not do this, you
2035would be unable to proceed past a breakpoint without first disabling the
2036breakpoint. This rule applies whether or not the breakpoint already
29a2b744 2037existed when your program stopped.
70b88761
RP
2038
2039@item break @dots{} if @var{cond}
2040Set a breakpoint with condition @var{cond}; evaluate the expression
2041@var{cond} each time the breakpoint is reached, and stop only if the
3d3ab540 2042value is nonzero---that is, if @var{cond} evaluates as true.
1041a570
RP
2043@samp{@dots{}} stands for one of the possible arguments described
2044above (or no argument) specifying where to break. @xref{Conditions,
2045,Break Conditions}, for more information on breakpoint conditions.
70b88761
RP
2046
2047@item tbreak @var{args}
2048@kindex tbreak
2049Set a breakpoint enabled only for one stop. @var{args} are the
2050same as for the @code{break} command, and the breakpoint is set in the same
29a2b744
RP
2051way, but the breakpoint is automatically disabled after the first time your
2052program stops there. @xref{Disabling, ,Disabling Breakpoints}.
70b88761
RP
2053
2054@item rbreak @var{regex}
2055@kindex rbreak
2056@cindex regular expression
4906534f 2057@c FIXME what kind of regexp?
70b88761 2058Set breakpoints on all functions matching the regular expression
b80282d5 2059@var{regex}. This command
70b88761
RP
2060sets an unconditional breakpoint on all matches, printing a list of all
2061breakpoints it set. Once these breakpoints are set, they are treated
2062just like the breakpoints set with the @code{break} command. They can
2063be deleted, disabled, made conditional, etc., in the standard ways.
2064
b80282d5
RP
2065When debugging C++ programs, @code{rbreak} is useful for setting
2066breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special
2067classes.
2068
70b88761 2069@kindex info breakpoints
c338a2fd 2070@cindex @code{$_} and @code{info breakpoints}
70b88761 2071@item info breakpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
6ca72cc6
RP
2072@itemx info break @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
2073@itemx info watchpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
2074Print a table of all breakpoints and watchpoints set and not
2075deleted, with the following columns for each breakpoint:
2076
2077@table @emph
2078@item Breakpoint Numbers
2079@item Type
2080Breakpoint or watchpoint.
2081@item Disposition
2082Whether the breakpoint is marked to be disabled or deleted when hit.
2083@item Enabled or Disabled
d24e0922 2084Enabled breakpoints are marked with @samp{y}. @samp{n} marks breakpoints
6ca72cc6
RP
2085that are not enabled.
2086@item Address
2087Where the breakpoint is in your program, as a memory address
2088@item What
2089Where the breakpoint is in the source for your program, as a file and
2090line number.
2091@end table
2092
2093@noindent
2094Breakpoint commands, if any, are listed after the line for the
2095corresponding breakpoint.
2096
2097@noindent
2098@code{info break} with a breakpoint
29a2b744
RP
2099number @var{n} as argument lists only that breakpoint. The
2100convenience variable @code{$_} and the default examining-address for
2101the @code{x} command are set to the address of the last breakpoint
6ca72cc6 2102listed (@pxref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}).
1041a570 2103@end table
70b88761 2104
1041a570
RP
2105_GDBN__ allows you to set any number of breakpoints at the same place in
2106your program. There is nothing silly or meaningless about this. When
2107the breakpoints are conditional, this is even useful
29a2b744 2108(@pxref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions}).
70b88761 2109
6ca72cc6
RP
2110@cindex negative breakpoint numbers
2111@cindex internal _GDBN__ breakpoints
2112_GDBN__ itself sometimes sets breakpoints in your program for special
2113purposes, such as proper handling of @code{longjmp} (in C programs).
2114These internal breakpoints are assigned negative numbers, starting with
5a2c1d85 2115@code{-1}; @samp{info breakpoints} does not display them.
d48da190 2116
5a2c1d85
RP
2117You can see these breakpoints with the _GDBN__ maintenance command
2118@samp{maint info breakpoints}.
6ca72cc6
RP
2119
2120@table @code
d48da190
RP
2121@kindex maint info breakpoints
2122@item maint info breakpoints
6ca72cc6
RP
2123Using the same format as @samp{info breakpoints}, display both the
2124breakpoints you've set explicitly, and those _GDBN__ is using for
2125internal purposes. Internal breakpoints are shown with negative
2126breakpoint numbers. The type column identifies what kind of breakpoint
2127is shown:
2128
2129@table @code
2130@item breakpoint
2131Normal, explicitly set breakpoint.
2132
2133@item watchpoint
2134Normal, explicitly set watchpoint.
2135
2136@item longjmp
2137Internal breakpoint, used to handle correctly stepping through
2138@code{longjmp} calls.
2139
2140@item longjmp resume
2141Internal breakpoint at the target of a @code{longjmp}.
2142
2143@item until
2144Temporary internal breakpoint used by the _GDBN__ @code{until} command.
2145
2146@item finish
2147Temporary internal breakpoint used by the _GDBN__ @code{finish} command.
2148@end table
2149
2150@end table
2151
2152
70b88761
RP
2153@node Set Watchpoints, Exception Handling, Set Breaks, Breakpoints
2154@subsection Setting Watchpoints
2155@cindex setting watchpoints
1041a570 2156
70b88761 2157You can use a watchpoint to stop execution whenever the value of an
e251e767 2158expression changes, without having to predict a particular place
70b88761
RP
2159where this may happen.
2160
2161Watchpoints currently execute two orders of magnitude more slowly than
2162other breakpoints, but this can well be worth it to catch errors where
2163you have no clue what part of your program is the culprit. Some
2164processors provide special hardware to support watchpoint evaluation; future
2165releases of _GDBN__ will use such hardware if it is available.
2166
2167@table @code
e251e767 2168@kindex watch
70b88761
RP
2169@item watch @var{expr}
2170Set a watchpoint for an expression.
2171
2172@kindex info watchpoints
2173@item info watchpoints
6ca72cc6
RP
2174This command prints a list of watchpoints and breakpoints; it is the
2175same as @code{info break}.
70b88761
RP
2176@end table
2177
2178@node Exception Handling, Delete Breaks, Set Watchpoints, Breakpoints
2179@subsection Breakpoints and Exceptions
2180@cindex exception handlers
2181
b80282d5 2182Some languages, such as GNU C++, implement exception handling. You can
29a2b744
RP
2183use _GDBN__ to examine what caused your program to raise an exception,
2184and to list the exceptions your program is prepared to handle at a
70b88761
RP
2185given point in time.
2186
2187@table @code
2188@item catch @var{exceptions}
2189@kindex catch
2190You can set breakpoints at active exception handlers by using the
2191@code{catch} command. @var{exceptions} is a list of names of exceptions
2192to catch.
2193@end table
2194
29a2b744
RP
2195You can use @code{info catch} to list active exception handlers.
2196@xref{Frame Info, ,Information About a Frame}.
70b88761
RP
2197
2198There are currently some limitations to exception handling in _GDBN__.
2199These will be corrected in a future release.
2200
2201@itemize @bullet
2202@item
2203If you call a function interactively, _GDBN__ normally returns
2204control to you when the function has finished executing. If the call
2205raises an exception, however, the call may bypass the mechanism that
29a2b744 2206returns control to you and cause your program to simply continue
70b88761
RP
2207running until it hits a breakpoint, catches a signal that _GDBN__ is
2208listening for, or exits.
2209@item
2210You cannot raise an exception interactively.
2211@item
2212You cannot interactively install an exception handler.
2213@end itemize
2214
2215@cindex raise exceptions
2216Sometimes @code{catch} is not the best way to debug exception handling:
29a2b744 2217if you need to know exactly where an exception is raised, it is better to
70b88761
RP
2218stop @emph{before} the exception handler is called, since that way you
2219can see the stack before any unwinding takes place. If you set a
2220breakpoint in an exception handler instead, it may not be easy to find
2221out where the exception was raised.
2222
2223To stop just before an exception handler is called, you need some
b80282d5 2224knowledge of the implementation. In the case of GNU C++, exceptions are
70b88761
RP
2225raised by calling a library function named @code{__raise_exception}
2226which has the following ANSI C interface:
2227
2228@example
b80282d5 2229 /* @var{addr} is where the exception identifier is stored.
70b88761
RP
2230 ID is the exception identifier. */
2231 void __raise_exception (void **@var{addr}, void *@var{id});
2232@end example
2233
2234@noindent
2235To make the debugger catch all exceptions before any stack
2236unwinding takes place, set a breakpoint on @code{__raise_exception}
29a2b744 2237(@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints Watchpoints and Exceptions}).
70b88761 2238
29a2b744
RP
2239With a conditional breakpoint (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions})
2240that depends on the value of @var{id}, you can stop your program when
2241a specific exception is raised. You can use multiple conditional
2242breakpoints to stop your program when any of a number of exceptions are
2243raised.
70b88761
RP
2244
2245@node Delete Breaks, Disabling, Exception Handling, Breakpoints
2246@subsection Deleting Breakpoints
2247
2248@cindex clearing breakpoints, watchpoints
2249@cindex deleting breakpoints, watchpoints
2250It is often necessary to eliminate a breakpoint or watchpoint once it
29a2b744 2251has done its job and you no longer want your program to stop there. This
70b88761
RP
2252is called @dfn{deleting} the breakpoint. A breakpoint that has been
2253deleted no longer exists; it is forgotten.
2254
2255With the @code{clear} command you can delete breakpoints according to
29a2b744 2256where they are in your program. With the @code{delete} command you can
70b88761
RP
2257delete individual breakpoints or watchpoints by specifying their
2258breakpoint numbers.
2259
2260It is not necessary to delete a breakpoint to proceed past it. _GDBN__
2261automatically ignores breakpoints on the first instruction to be executed
2262when you continue execution without changing the execution address.
2263
2264@table @code
2265@item clear
2266@kindex clear
2267Delete any breakpoints at the next instruction to be executed in the
29a2b744
RP
2268selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}). When
2269the innermost frame is selected, this is a good way to delete a
2270breakpoint where your program just stopped.
70b88761
RP
2271
2272@item clear @var{function}
2273@itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{function}
2274Delete any breakpoints set at entry to the function @var{function}.
2275
2276@item clear @var{linenum}
2277@itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{linenum}
2278Delete any breakpoints set at or within the code of the specified line.
2279
2280@item delete @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]}
2281@cindex delete breakpoints
2282@kindex delete
2283@kindex d
2284Delete the breakpoints or watchpoints of the numbers specified as
2285arguments. If no argument is specified, delete all breakpoints (_GDBN__
1041a570 2286asks confirmation, unless you have @code{set confirm off}). You
70b88761
RP
2287can abbreviate this command as @code{d}.
2288@end table
2289
2290@node Disabling, Conditions, Delete Breaks, Breakpoints
2291@subsection Disabling Breakpoints
2292
2293@cindex disabled breakpoints
2294@cindex enabled breakpoints
2295Rather than deleting a breakpoint or watchpoint, you might prefer to
2296@dfn{disable} it. This makes the breakpoint inoperative as if it had
2297been deleted, but remembers the information on the breakpoint so that
2298you can @dfn{enable} it again later.
2299
2300You disable and enable breakpoints and watchpoints with the
2301@code{enable} and @code{disable} commands, optionally specifying one or
2302more breakpoint numbers as arguments. Use @code{info break} or
2303@code{info watch} to print a list of breakpoints or watchpoints if you
29a2b744 2304do not know which numbers to use.
70b88761
RP
2305
2306A breakpoint or watchpoint can have any of four different states of
2307enablement:
2308
2309@itemize @bullet
2310@item
29a2b744 2311Enabled. The breakpoint will stop your program. A breakpoint set
70b88761
RP
2312with the @code{break} command starts out in this state.
2313@item
29a2b744 2314Disabled. The breakpoint has no effect on your program.
70b88761 2315@item
29a2b744 2316Enabled once. The breakpoint will stop your program, but
70b88761
RP
2317when it does so it will become disabled. A breakpoint set
2318with the @code{tbreak} command starts out in this state.
2319@item
29a2b744 2320Enabled for deletion. The breakpoint will stop your program, but
70b88761
RP
2321immediately after it does so it will be deleted permanently.
2322@end itemize
2323
2324You can use the following commands to enable or disable breakpoints and
2325watchpoints:
2326
2327@table @code
2328@item disable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]}
2329@kindex disable breakpoints
2330@kindex disable
2331@kindex dis
2332Disable the specified breakpoints---or all breakpoints, if none are
2333listed. A disabled breakpoint has no effect but is not forgotten. All
2334options such as ignore-counts, conditions and commands are remembered in
2335case the breakpoint is enabled again later. You may abbreviate
2336@code{disable} as @code{dis}.
2337
2338@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]}
2339@kindex enable breakpoints
2340@kindex enable
2341Enable the specified breakpoints (or all defined breakpoints). They
29a2b744 2342become effective once again in stopping your program.
70b88761
RP
2343
2344@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} once @var{bnums}@dots{}
2345Enable the specified breakpoints temporarily. Each will be disabled
29a2b744 2346again the next time it stops your program.
70b88761
RP
2347
2348@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} delete @var{bnums}@dots{}
2349Enable the specified breakpoints to work once and then die. Each of
29a2b744 2350the breakpoints will be deleted the next time it stops your program.
70b88761
RP
2351@end table
2352
29a2b744
RP
2353Save for a breakpoint set with @code{tbreak} (@pxref{Set Breaks,
2354,Setting Breakpoints}), breakpoints that you set are initially
2355enabled; subsequently, they become disabled or enabled only when you
2356use one of the commands above. (The command @code{until} can set and
2357delete a breakpoint of its own, but it will not change the state of
98fe4566 2358your other breakpoints; see @ref{Continuing and Stepping, ,Continuing and Stepping}.)
70b88761
RP
2359
2360@node Conditions, Break Commands, Disabling, Breakpoints
2361@subsection Break Conditions
2362@cindex conditional breakpoints
2363@cindex breakpoint conditions
2364
4906534f
RP
2365@c FIXME what is scope of break condition expr? Context where wanted?
2366@c in particular for a watchpoint?
29a2b744 2367The simplest sort of breakpoint breaks every time your program reaches a
70b88761
RP
2368specified place. You can also specify a @dfn{condition} for a
2369breakpoint. A condition is just a Boolean expression in your
1041a570
RP
2370programming language (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). A breakpoint with
2371a condition evaluates the expression each time your program reaches it,
2372and your program stops only if the condition is @emph{true}.
3d3ab540
RP
2373
2374This is the converse of using assertions for program validation; in that
2375situation, you want to stop when the assertion is violated---that is,
2376when the condition is false. In C, if you want to test an assertion expressed
e251e767 2377by the condition @var{assert}, you should set the condition
3d3ab540 2378@samp{! @var{assert}} on the appropriate breakpoint.
70b88761
RP
2379
2380Conditions are also accepted for watchpoints; you may not need them,
2381since a watchpoint is inspecting the value of an expression anyhow---but
2382it might be simpler, say, to just set a watchpoint on a variable name,
2383and specify a condition that tests whether the new value is an interesting
e251e767 2384one.
70b88761 2385
29a2b744 2386Break conditions can have side effects, and may even call functions in
70b88761 2387your program. This can be useful, for example, to activate functions
29a2b744
RP
2388that log program progress, or to use your own print functions to
2389format special data structures. The effects are completely predictable
2390unless there is another enabled breakpoint at the same address. (In
2391that case, _GDBN__ might see the other breakpoint first and stop your
2392program without checking the condition of this one.) Note that
2393breakpoint commands are usually more convenient and flexible for the
2394purpose of performing side effects when a breakpoint is reached
2395(@pxref{Break Commands, ,Breakpoint Command Lists}).
70b88761
RP
2396
2397Break conditions can be specified when a breakpoint is set, by using
29a2b744
RP
2398@samp{if} in the arguments to the @code{break} command. @xref{Set
2399Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}. They can also be changed at any time
2400with the @code{condition} command. The @code{watch} command does not
2401recognize the @code{if} keyword; @code{condition} is the only way to
2402impose a further condition on a watchpoint.
70b88761 2403
e251e767
RP
2404@table @code
2405@item condition @var{bnum} @var{expression}
2406@kindex condition
70b88761
RP
2407Specify @var{expression} as the break condition for breakpoint or
2408watchpoint number @var{bnum}. From now on, this breakpoint will stop
29a2b744 2409your program only if the value of @var{expression} is true (nonzero, in
70b88761
RP
2410C). When you use @code{condition}, _GDBN__ checks @var{expression}
2411immediately for syntactic correctness, and to determine whether symbols
1041a570 2412in it have referents in the context of your breakpoint.
29a2b744 2413@c FIXME so what does GDB do if there is no referent? Moreover, what
4906534f
RP
2414@c about watchpoints?
2415_GDBN__ does
70b88761 2416not actually evaluate @var{expression} at the time the @code{condition}
1041a570 2417command is given, however. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
70b88761
RP
2418
2419@item condition @var{bnum}
2420Remove the condition from breakpoint number @var{bnum}. It becomes
2421an ordinary unconditional breakpoint.
2422@end table
2423
2424@cindex ignore count (of breakpoint)
2425A special case of a breakpoint condition is to stop only when the
2426breakpoint has been reached a certain number of times. This is so
2427useful that there is a special way to do it, using the @dfn{ignore
2428count} of the breakpoint. Every breakpoint has an ignore count, which
2429is an integer. Most of the time, the ignore count is zero, and
29a2b744 2430therefore has no effect. But if your program reaches a breakpoint whose
70b88761
RP
2431ignore count is positive, then instead of stopping, it just decrements
2432the ignore count by one and continues. As a result, if the ignore count
2433value is @var{n}, the breakpoint will not stop the next @var{n} times it
2434is reached.
2435
2436@table @code
2437@item ignore @var{bnum} @var{count}
2438@kindex ignore
2439Set the ignore count of breakpoint number @var{bnum} to @var{count}.
2440The next @var{count} times the breakpoint is reached, your program's
2441execution will not stop; other than to decrement the ignore count, _GDBN__
2442takes no action.
2443
2444To make the breakpoint stop the next time it is reached, specify
2445a count of zero.
2446
2447@item continue @var{count}
2448@itemx c @var{count}
2449@itemx fg @var{count}
2450@kindex continue @var{count}
29a2b744
RP
2451Continue execution of your program, setting the ignore count of the
2452breakpoint where your program stopped to @var{count} minus one.
2453Thus, your program will not stop at this breakpoint until the
70b88761
RP
2454@var{count}'th time it is reached.
2455
29a2b744 2456An argument to this command is meaningful only when your program stopped
70b88761
RP
2457due to a breakpoint. At other times, the argument to @code{continue} is
2458ignored.
2459
2460The synonym @code{fg} is provided purely for convenience, and has
2461exactly the same behavior as other forms of the command.
2462@end table
2463
2464If a breakpoint has a positive ignore count and a condition, the condition
2465is not checked. Once the ignore count reaches zero, the condition will
2466be checked.
2467
29a2b744 2468You could achieve the effect of the ignore count with a condition such
1041a570
RP
2469as _0__@w{@samp{$foo-- <= 0}}_1__ using a debugger convenience variable that
2470is decremented each time. @xref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience
2471Variables}.
70b88761
RP
2472
2473@node Break Commands, Breakpoint Menus, Conditions, Breakpoints
2474@subsection Breakpoint Command Lists
2475
2476@cindex breakpoint commands
2477You can give any breakpoint (or watchpoint) a series of commands to
29a2b744 2478execute when your program stops due to that breakpoint. For example, you
70b88761
RP
2479might want to print the values of certain expressions, or enable other
2480breakpoints.
2481
2482@table @code
2483@item commands @r{[}@var{bnum}@r{]}
2484@itemx @dots{} @var{command-list} @dots{}
2485@itemx end
2486@kindex commands
2487@kindex end
2488Specify a list of commands for breakpoint number @var{bnum}. The commands
2489themselves appear on the following lines. Type a line containing just
2490@code{end} to terminate the commands.
2491
203eea5d
RP
2492To remove all commands from a breakpoint, type @code{commands} and
2493follow it immediately with @code{end}; that is, give no commands.
70b88761
RP
2494
2495With no @var{bnum} argument, @code{commands} refers to the last
2496breakpoint or watchpoint set (not to the breakpoint most recently
2497encountered).
2498@end table
2499
2500Pressing @key{RET} as a means of repeating the last _GDBN__ command is
2501disabled within a @var{command-list}.
2502
29a2b744 2503You can use breakpoint commands to start your program up again. Simply
70b88761
RP
2504use the @code{continue} command, or @code{step}, or any other command
2505that resumes execution. Subsequent commands in the command list are
2506ignored.
2507
2508@kindex silent
2509If the first command specified is @code{silent}, the usual message about
2510stopping at a breakpoint is not printed. This may be desirable for
2511breakpoints that are to print a specific message and then continue.
2512If the remaining commands too print nothing, you will see no sign that
e251e767 2513the breakpoint was reached at all. @code{silent} is meaningful only
70b88761
RP
2514at the beginning of a breakpoint command list.
2515
29a2b744
RP
2516The commands @code{echo} and @code{output} that allow you to print
2517precisely controlled output are often useful in silent breakpoints.
2518@xref{Output, ,Commands for Controlled Output}.
70b88761
RP
2519
2520For example, here is how you could use breakpoint commands to print the
2521value of @code{x} at entry to @code{foo} whenever @code{x} is positive.
2522
2523_0__@example
2524break foo if x>0
2525commands
2526silent
2527echo x is\040
2528output x
2529echo \n
2530cont
2531end
2532_1__@end example
2533
2534One application for breakpoint commands is to compensate for one bug so
2535you can test for another. Put a breakpoint just after the erroneous line
2536of code, give it a condition to detect the case in which something
2537erroneous has been done, and give it commands to assign correct values
2538to any variables that need them. End with the @code{continue} command
29a2b744 2539so that your program does not stop, and start with the @code{silent}
70b88761
RP
2540command so that no output is produced. Here is an example:
2541
2542@example
2543break 403
2544commands
2545silent
2546set x = y + 4
2547cont
2548end
2549@end example
2550
2551@cindex lost output
2552One deficiency in the operation of automatically continuing breakpoints
2553under Unix appears when your program uses raw mode for the terminal.
2554_GDBN__ switches back to its own terminal modes (not raw) before executing
2555commands, and then must switch back to raw mode when your program is
e251e767 2556continued. This causes any pending terminal input to be lost.
70b88761
RP
2557@c FIXME: revisit below when GNU sys avail.
2558@c In the GNU system, this will be fixed by changing the behavior of
2559@c terminal modes.
2560
2561Under Unix, you can get around this problem by writing actions into
2562the breakpoint condition rather than in commands. For example
2563
2564@example
2565condition 5 (x = y + 4), 0
2566@end example
2567
2568@noindent
1041a570
RP
2569specifies a condition expression (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}) that will
2570change @code{x} as needed, then always have the value zero so your
2571program will not stop. No input is lost here, because _GDBN__ evaluates
2572break conditions without changing the terminal modes. When you want
2573to have nontrivial conditions for performing the side effects, the
2574operators @samp{&&}, @samp{||} and @samp{?@dots{}:} may be useful.
70b88761
RP
2575
2576@node Breakpoint Menus, Error in Breakpoints, Break Commands, Breakpoints
2577@subsection Breakpoint Menus
b80282d5 2578@cindex overloading
e251e767 2579@cindex symbol overloading
70b88761
RP
2580
2581Some programming languages (notably C++) permit a single function name
2582to be defined several times, for application in different contexts.
2583This is called @dfn{overloading}. When a function name is overloaded,
6f3ec223
RP
2584@samp{break @var{function}} is not enough to tell _GDBN__ where you want
2585a breakpoint. If you realize this will be a problem, you can use
2586something like @samp{break @var{function}(@var{types})} to specify which
2587particular version of the function you want. Otherwise, _GDBN__ offers
2588you a menu of numbered choices for different possible breakpoints, and
2589waits for your selection with the prompt @samp{>}. The first two
2590options are always @samp{[0] cancel} and @samp{[1] all}. Typing @kbd{1}
2591sets a breakpoint at each definition of @var{function}, and typing
2592@kbd{0} aborts the @code{break} command without setting any new
2593breakpoints.
70b88761
RP
2594
2595For example, the following session excerpt shows an attempt to set a
e251e767 2596breakpoint at the overloaded symbol @code{String::after}.
70b88761
RP
2597We choose three particular definitions of that function name:
2598
6f3ec223 2599@c FIXME! This is likely to change to show arg type lists, at least
70b88761
RP
2600@example
2601(_GDBP__) b String::after
2602[0] cancel
2603[1] all
2604[2] file:String.cc; line number:867
2605[3] file:String.cc; line number:860
2606[4] file:String.cc; line number:875
2607[5] file:String.cc; line number:853
2608[6] file:String.cc; line number:846
2609[7] file:String.cc; line number:735
2610> 2 4 6
2611Breakpoint 1 at 0xb26c: file String.cc, line 867.
2612Breakpoint 2 at 0xb344: file String.cc, line 875.
2613Breakpoint 3 at 0xafcc: file String.cc, line 846.
2614Multiple breakpoints were set.
2615Use the "delete" command to delete unwanted breakpoints.
e251e767 2616(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
2617@end example
2618
70b88761
RP
2619@node Error in Breakpoints, , Breakpoint Menus, Breakpoints
2620@subsection ``Cannot Insert Breakpoints''
2621
e251e767 2622@c FIXME: "cannot insert breakpoints" error, v unclear.
70b88761 2623@c Q in pending mail to Gilmore. [email protected], 26mar91
e251e767 2624@c some light may be shed by looking at instances of
d24e0922 2625@c ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT. But error message seems possible otherwise
c338a2fd 2626@c too. pesch, 20sep91
70b88761
RP
2627Under some operating systems, breakpoints cannot be used in a program if
2628any other process is running that program. In this situation,
2629attempting to run or continue a program with a breakpoint causes _GDBN__
2630to stop the other process.
2631
2632When this happens, you have three ways to proceed:
2633
2634@enumerate
2635@item
2636Remove or disable the breakpoints, then continue.
2637
2638@item
29a2b744 2639Suspend _GDBN__, and copy the file containing your program to a new name.
70b88761 2640Resume _GDBN__ and use the @code{exec-file} command to specify that _GDBN__
29a2b744 2641should run your program under that name. Then start your program again.
70b88761
RP
2642
2643@c FIXME: RMS commented here "Show example". Maybe when someone
2644@c explains the first FIXME: in this section...
2645
2646@item
29a2b744 2647Relink your program so that the text segment is nonsharable, using the
70b88761
RP
2648linker option @samp{-N}. The operating system limitation may not apply
2649to nonsharable executables.
2650@end enumerate
2651
3d3ab540
RP
2652@node Continuing and Stepping, Signals, Breakpoints, Stopping
2653@section Continuing and Stepping
70b88761
RP
2654
2655@cindex stepping
7463aadd
RP
2656@cindex continuing
2657@cindex resuming execution
3d3ab540 2658@dfn{Continuing} means resuming program execution until your program
cedaf8bc
RP
2659completes normally. In contrast, @dfn{stepping} means executing just
2660one more ``step'' of your program, where ``step'' may mean either one
2661line of source code, or one machine instruction (depending on what
2662particular command you use). Either when continuing
29a2b744 2663or when stepping, your program may stop even sooner, due to a breakpoint
cedaf8bc 2664or to a signal. (If due to a signal, you may want to use @code{handle},
1041a570 2665or use @samp{signal 0} to resume execution. @xref{Signals, ,Signals}.)
3d3ab540
RP
2666
2667@table @code
2668@item continue @r{[}@var{ignore-count}@r{]}
2669@kindex continue
29a2b744 2670Resume program execution, at the address where your program last stopped;
3d3ab540
RP
2671any breakpoints set at that address are bypassed. The optional argument
2672@var{ignore-count} allows you to specify a further number of times to
2673ignore a breakpoint at this location; its effect is like that of
29a2b744 2674@code{ignore} (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions}).
3d3ab540
RP
2675
2676To resume execution at a different place, you can use @code{return}
29a2b744
RP
2677(@pxref{Returning, ,Returning from a Function}) to go back to the
2678calling function; or @code{jump} (@pxref{Jumping, ,Continuing at a
1041a570 2679Different Address}) to go to an arbitrary location in your program.
3d3ab540 2680@end table
7463aadd
RP
2681
2682A typical technique for using stepping is to set a breakpoint
29a2b744
RP
2683(@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints Watchpoints and Exceptions}) at the
2684beginning of the function or the section of your program where a
2685problem is believed to lie, run your program until it stops at that
2686breakpoint, and then step through the suspect area, examining the
2687variables that are interesting, until you see the problem happen.
70b88761
RP
2688
2689@table @code
2690@item step
2691@kindex step
2692@kindex s
29a2b744 2693Continue running your program until control reaches a different source
7463aadd 2694line, then stop it and return control to _GDBN__. This command is
70b88761
RP
2695abbreviated @code{s}.
2696
3d3ab540
RP
2697@quotation
2698@emph{Warning:} If you use the @code{step} command while control is
2699within a function that was compiled without debugging information,
2700execution will proceed until control reaches another function.
2701@end quotation
70b88761
RP
2702
2703@item step @var{count}
2704Continue running as in @code{step}, but do so @var{count} times. If a
2705breakpoint is reached or a signal not related to stepping occurs before
2706@var{count} steps, stepping stops right away.
2707
7463aadd 2708@item next @r{[}@var{count}@r{]}
70b88761
RP
2709@kindex next
2710@kindex n
7463aadd
RP
2711Continue to the next source line in the current (innermost) stack frame.
2712Similar to @code{step}, but any function calls appearing within the line
2713of code are executed without stopping. Execution stops when control
2714reaches a different line of code at the stack level which was executing
2715when the @code{next} command was given. This command is abbreviated
2716@code{n}.
70b88761 2717
7463aadd 2718An argument @var{count} is a repeat count, as for @code{step}.
70b88761
RP
2719
2720@code{next} within a function that lacks debugging information acts like
2721@code{step}, but any function calls appearing within the code of the
2722function are executed without stopping.
2723
2724@item finish
2725@kindex finish
7463aadd
RP
2726Continue running until just after function in the selected stack frame
2727returns. Print the returned value (if any).
70b88761 2728
29a2b744 2729Contrast this with the @code{return} command (@pxref{Returning,
1041a570 2730,Returning from a Function}).
70b88761
RP
2731
2732@item until
2733@kindex until
2734@item u
2735@kindex u
2736Continue running until a source line past the current line, in the
2737current stack frame, is reached. This command is used to avoid single
2738stepping through a loop more than once. It is like the @code{next}
2739command, except that when @code{until} encounters a jump, it
2740automatically continues execution until the program counter is greater
2741than the address of the jump.
2742
2743This means that when you reach the end of a loop after single stepping
29a2b744 2744though it, @code{until} will cause your program to continue execution
70b88761
RP
2745until the loop is exited. In contrast, a @code{next} command at the end
2746of a loop will simply step back to the beginning of the loop, which
2747would force you to step through the next iteration.
2748
29a2b744 2749@code{until} always stops your program if it attempts to exit the current
70b88761
RP
2750stack frame.
2751
2752@code{until} may produce somewhat counterintuitive results if the order
7463aadd 2753of machine code does not match the order of the source lines. For
70b88761
RP
2754example, in the following excerpt from a debugging session, the @code{f}
2755(@code{frame}) command shows that execution is stopped at line
2756@code{206}; yet when we use @code{until}, we get to line @code{195}:
2757
2758@example
2759(_GDBP__) f
2760#0 main (argc=4, argv=0xf7fffae8) at m4.c:206
b80282d5 2761206 expand_input();
70b88761 2762(_GDBP__) until
b80282d5 2763195 for ( ; argc > 0; NEXTARG) @{
70b88761
RP
2764@end example
2765
7463aadd
RP
2766This happened because, for execution efficiency, the compiler had
2767generated code for the loop closure test at the end, rather than the
2768start, of the loop---even though the test in a C @code{for}-loop is
2769written before the body of the loop. The @code{until} command appeared
2770to step back to the beginning of the loop when it advanced to this
2771expression; however, it has not really gone to an earlier
2772statement---not in terms of the actual machine code.
70b88761
RP
2773
2774@code{until} with no argument works by means of single
2775instruction stepping, and hence is slower than @code{until} with an
2776argument.
2777
2778@item until @var{location}
2779@item u @var{location}
29a2b744
RP
2780Continue running your program until either the specified location is
2781reached, or the current stack frame returns. @var{location} is any of
2782the forms of argument acceptable to @code{break} (@pxref{Set Breaks,
2783,Setting Breakpoints}). This form of the command uses breakpoints,
1041a570 2784and hence is quicker than @code{until} without an argument.
70b88761
RP
2785
2786@item stepi
2787@itemx si
2788@kindex stepi
2789@kindex si
2790Execute one machine instruction, then stop and return to the debugger.
2791
2792It is often useful to do @samp{display/i $pc} when stepping by machine
2793instructions. This will cause the next instruction to be executed to
29a2b744
RP
2794be displayed automatically at each stop. @xref{Auto Display,
2795,Automatic Display}.
70b88761
RP
2796
2797An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{step}.
2798
2799@item nexti
2800@itemx ni
2801@kindex nexti
2802@kindex ni
2803Execute one machine instruction, but if it is a function call,
2804proceed until the function returns.
2805
2806An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{next}.
70b88761
RP
2807@end table
2808
3d3ab540 2809@node Signals, , Continuing and Stepping, Stopping
70b88761
RP
2810@section Signals
2811@cindex signals
2812
2813A signal is an asynchronous event that can happen in a program. The
2814operating system defines the possible kinds of signals, and gives each
2815kind a name and a number. For example, in Unix @code{SIGINT} is the
2816signal a program gets when you type an interrupt (often @kbd{C-c});
2817@code{SIGSEGV} is the signal a program gets from referencing a place in
2818memory far away from all the areas in use; @code{SIGALRM} occurs when
29a2b744 2819the alarm clock timer goes off (which happens only if your program has
70b88761
RP
2820requested an alarm).
2821
2822@cindex fatal signals
2823Some signals, including @code{SIGALRM}, are a normal part of the
29a2b744
RP
2824functioning of your program. Others, such as @code{SIGSEGV}, indicate
2825errors; these signals are @dfn{fatal} (kill your program immediately) if the
70b88761 2826program has not specified in advance some other way to handle the signal.
29a2b744 2827@code{SIGINT} does not indicate an error in your program, but it is normally
70b88761
RP
2828fatal so it can carry out the purpose of the interrupt: to kill the program.
2829
29a2b744
RP
2830_GDBN__ has the ability to detect any occurrence of a signal in your
2831program. You can tell _GDBN__ in advance what to do for each kind of
2832signal.
70b88761
RP
2833
2834@cindex handling signals
2835Normally, _GDBN__ is set up to ignore non-erroneous signals like @code{SIGALRM}
29a2b744
RP
2836(so as not to interfere with their role in the functioning of your program)
2837but to stop your program immediately whenever an error signal happens.
70b88761
RP
2838You can change these settings with the @code{handle} command.
2839
2840@table @code
2841@item info signals
2842@kindex info signals
2843Print a table of all the kinds of signals and how _GDBN__ has been told to
2844handle each one. You can use this to see the signal numbers of all
2845the defined types of signals.
2846
2847@item handle @var{signal} @var{keywords}@dots{}
2848@kindex handle
2849Change the way _GDBN__ handles signal @var{signal}. @var{signal} can be the
2850number of a signal or its name (with or without the @samp{SIG} at the
2851beginning). The @var{keywords} say what change to make.
2852@end table
2853
2854@c @group
2855The keywords allowed by the @code{handle} command can be abbreviated.
2856Their full names are:
2857
2858@table @code
2859@item nostop
29a2b744 2860_GDBN__ should not stop your program when this signal happens. It may
70b88761
RP
2861still print a message telling you that the signal has come in.
2862
2863@item stop
29a2b744 2864_GDBN__ should stop your program when this signal happens. This implies
70b88761
RP
2865the @code{print} keyword as well.
2866
2867@item print
2868_GDBN__ should print a message when this signal happens.
2869
2870@item noprint
2871_GDBN__ should not mention the occurrence of the signal at all. This
2872implies the @code{nostop} keyword as well.
2873
2874@item pass
29a2b744 2875_GDBN__ should allow your program to see this signal; your program will be
70b88761
RP
2876able to handle the signal, or may be terminated if the signal is fatal
2877and not handled.
2878
2879@item nopass
29a2b744 2880_GDBN__ should not allow your program to see this signal.
70b88761
RP
2881@end table
2882@c @end group
2883
29a2b744 2884When a signal has been set to stop your program, your program cannot see the
70b88761 2885signal until you continue. It will see the signal then, if @code{pass} is
6ca72cc6 2886in effect for the signal in question @emph{at that time}. In other words,
70b88761
RP
2887after _GDBN__ reports a signal, you can use the @code{handle} command with
2888@code{pass} or @code{nopass} to control whether that signal will be seen by
29a2b744 2889your program when you later continue it.
70b88761 2890
29a2b744 2891You can also use the @code{signal} command to prevent your program from
70b88761 2892seeing a signal, or cause it to see a signal it normally would not see,
29a2b744 2893or to give it any signal at any time. For example, if your program stopped
7463aadd
RP
2894due to some sort of memory reference error, you might store correct
2895values into the erroneous variables and continue, hoping to see more
29a2b744
RP
2896execution; but your program would probably terminate immediately as
2897a result of the fatal signal once it saw the signal. To prevent this,
2898you can continue with @samp{signal 0}. @xref{Signaling, ,Giving your
2899Program a Signal}.
70b88761
RP
2900
2901@node Stack, Source, Stopping, Top
2902@chapter Examining the Stack
2903
2904When your program has stopped, the first thing you need to know is where it
2905stopped and how it got there.
2906
2907@cindex call stack
2908Each time your program performs a function call, the information about
29a2b744 2909where in your program the call was made from is saved in a block of data
70b88761
RP
2910called a @dfn{stack frame}. The frame also contains the arguments of the
2911call and the local variables of the function that was called. All the
2912stack frames are allocated in a region of memory called the @dfn{call
2913stack}.
2914
2915When your program stops, the _GDBN__ commands for examining the stack allow you
2916to see all of this information.
2917
2918@cindex selected frame
2919One of the stack frames is @dfn{selected} by _GDBN__ and many _GDBN__ commands
2920refer implicitly to the selected frame. In particular, whenever you ask
29a2b744 2921_GDBN__ for the value of a variable in your program, the value is found in the
70b88761
RP
2922selected frame. There are special _GDBN__ commands to select whichever frame
2923you are interested in.
2924
29a2b744 2925When your program stops, _GDBN__ automatically selects the currently executing
70b88761 2926frame and describes it briefly as the @code{frame} command does
29a2b744 2927(@pxref{Frame Info, ,Information About a Frame}).
70b88761
RP
2928
2929@menu
b80282d5
RP
2930* Frames:: Stack Frames
2931* Backtrace:: Backtraces
2932* Selection:: Selecting a Frame
2933* Frame Info:: Information on a Frame
70b88761
RP
2934@end menu
2935
2936@node Frames, Backtrace, Stack, Stack
2937@section Stack Frames
2938
2939@cindex frame
2940@cindex stack frame
2941The call stack is divided up into contiguous pieces called @dfn{stack
2942frames}, or @dfn{frames} for short; each frame is the data associated
2943with one call to one function. The frame contains the arguments given
2944to the function, the function's local variables, and the address at
2945which the function is executing.
2946
2947@cindex initial frame
2948@cindex outermost frame
2949@cindex innermost frame
2950When your program is started, the stack has only one frame, that of the
2951function @code{main}. This is called the @dfn{initial} frame or the
2952@dfn{outermost} frame. Each time a function is called, a new frame is
2953made. Each time a function returns, the frame for that function invocation
2954is eliminated. If a function is recursive, there can be many frames for
2955the same function. The frame for the function in which execution is
2956actually occurring is called the @dfn{innermost} frame. This is the most
2957recently created of all the stack frames that still exist.
2958
2959@cindex frame pointer
2960Inside your program, stack frames are identified by their addresses. A
2961stack frame consists of many bytes, each of which has its own address; each
2962kind of computer has a convention for choosing one of those bytes whose
2963address serves as the address of the frame. Usually this address is kept
2964in a register called the @dfn{frame pointer register} while execution is
2965going on in that frame.
2966
2967@cindex frame number
2968_GDBN__ assigns numbers to all existing stack frames, starting with
2969zero for the innermost frame, one for the frame that called it,
2970and so on upward. These numbers do not really exist in your program;
2971they are assigned by _GDBN__ to give you a way of designating stack
2972frames in _GDBN__ commands.
2973
2974@cindex frameless execution
2975Some compilers allow functions to be compiled so that they operate
2976without stack frames. (For example, the @code{_GCC__} option
2977@samp{-fomit-frame-pointer} will generate functions without a frame.)
2978This is occasionally done with heavily used library functions to save
2979the frame setup time. _GDBN__ has limited facilities for dealing with
2980these function invocations. If the innermost function invocation has no
2981stack frame, _GDBN__ will nevertheless regard it as though it had a
2982separate frame, which is numbered zero as usual, allowing correct
2983tracing of the function call chain. However, _GDBN__ has no provision
2984for frameless functions elsewhere in the stack.
2985
2986@node Backtrace, Selection, Frames, Stack
2987@section Backtraces
2988
29a2b744 2989A backtrace is a summary of how your program got where it is. It shows one
70b88761
RP
2990line per frame, for many frames, starting with the currently executing
2991frame (frame zero), followed by its caller (frame one), and on up the
2992stack.
2993
2994@table @code
2995@item backtrace
2996@itemx bt
2997@kindex backtrace
2998@kindex bt
2999Print a backtrace of the entire stack: one line per frame for all
3000frames in the stack.
3001
3002You can stop the backtrace at any time by typing the system interrupt
3003character, normally @kbd{C-c}.
3004
3005@item backtrace @var{n}
3006@itemx bt @var{n}
3007Similar, but print only the innermost @var{n} frames.
3008
3009@item backtrace -@var{n}
3010@itemx bt -@var{n}
3011Similar, but print only the outermost @var{n} frames.
3012@end table
3013
3014@kindex where
3015@kindex info stack
3016@kindex info s
3017The names @code{where} and @code{info stack} (abbreviated @code{info s})
3018are additional aliases for @code{backtrace}.
3019
3020Each line in the backtrace shows the frame number and the function name.
3021The program counter value is also shown---unless you use @code{set
3022print address off}. The backtrace also shows the source file name and
3023line number, as well as the arguments to the function. The program
3024counter value is omitted if it is at the beginning of the code for that
3025line number.
3026
3027Here is an example of a backtrace. It was made with the command
3028@samp{bt 3}, so it shows the innermost three frames.
3029
3030@smallexample
3031@group
203eea5d
RP
3032#0 m4_traceon (obs=0x24eb0, argc=1, argv=0x2b8c8)
3033 at builtin.c:993
70b88761
RP
3034#1 0x6e38 in expand_macro (sym=0x2b600) at macro.c:242
3035#2 0x6840 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=177664, td=0xf7fffb08)
3036 at macro.c:71
3037(More stack frames follow...)
3038@end group
3039@end smallexample
3040
3041@noindent
29a2b744
RP
3042The display for frame zero does not begin with a program counter
3043value, indicating that your program has stopped at the beginning of the
70b88761
RP
3044code for line @code{993} of @code{builtin.c}.
3045
3046@node Selection, Frame Info, Backtrace, Stack
3047@section Selecting a Frame
3048
29a2b744 3049Most commands for examining the stack and other data in your program work on
70b88761
RP
3050whichever stack frame is selected at the moment. Here are the commands for
3051selecting a stack frame; all of them finish by printing a brief description
3052of the stack frame just selected.
3053
3054@table @code
3055@item frame @var{n}
3056@itemx f @var{n}
3057@kindex frame
3058@kindex f
3059Select frame number @var{n}. Recall that frame zero is the innermost
3060(currently executing) frame, frame one is the frame that called the
3061innermost one, and so on. The highest-numbered frame is @code{main}'s
3062frame.
3063
3064@item frame @var{addr}
3065@itemx f @var{addr}
3066Select the frame at address @var{addr}. This is useful mainly if the
3067chaining of stack frames has been damaged by a bug, making it
3068impossible for _GDBN__ to assign numbers properly to all frames. In
29a2b744 3069addition, this can be useful when your program has multiple stacks and
70b88761
RP
3070switches between them.
3071
c728f1f0 3072_if__(_SPARC__)
70b88761 3073On the SPARC architecture, @code{frame} needs two addresses to
e251e767 3074select an arbitrary frame: a frame pointer and a stack pointer.
70b88761
RP
3075@c note to future updaters: this is conditioned on a flag
3076@c FRAME_SPECIFICATION_DYADIC in the tm-*.h files, currently only used
3077@c by SPARC, hence the specific attribution. Generalize or list all
3078@c possibilities if more supported machines start doing this.
c728f1f0 3079_fi__(_SPARC__)
70b88761
RP
3080
3081@item up @var{n}
3082@kindex up
3083Move @var{n} frames up the stack. For positive numbers @var{n}, this
3084advances toward the outermost frame, to higher frame numbers, to frames
3085that have existed longer. @var{n} defaults to one.
3086
3087@item down @var{n}
3088@kindex down
3089@kindex do
3090Move @var{n} frames down the stack. For positive numbers @var{n}, this
3091advances toward the innermost frame, to lower frame numbers, to frames
3092that were created more recently. @var{n} defaults to one. You may
3093abbreviate @code{down} as @code{do}.
3094@end table
3095
3096All of these commands end by printing two lines of output describing the
3097frame. The first line shows the frame number, the function name, the
3098arguments, and the source file and line number of execution in that
3099frame. The second line shows the text of that source line. For
3100example:
3101
3102@smallexample
29a2b744 3103@group
70b88761 3104(_GDBP__) up
203eea5d
RP
3105#1 0x22f0 in main (argc=1, argv=0xf7fffbf4, env=0xf7fffbfc)
3106 at env.c:10
70b88761 310710 read_input_file (argv[i]);
29a2b744 3108@end group
70b88761
RP
3109@end smallexample
3110
29a2b744
RP
3111After such a printout, the @code{list} command with no arguments will
3112print ten lines centered on the point of execution in the frame.
3113@xref{List, ,Printing Source Lines}.
70b88761
RP
3114
3115@table @code
3116@item up-silently @var{n}
3117@itemx down-silently @var{n}
3118@kindex down-silently
3119@kindex up-silently
3120These two commands are variants of @code{up} and @code{down},
3121respectively; they differ in that they do their work silently, without
3122causing display of the new frame. They are intended primarily for use
3123in _GDBN__ command scripts, where the output might be unnecessary and
e251e767 3124distracting.
70b88761
RP
3125@end table
3126
3127@node Frame Info, , Selection, Stack
3128@section Information About a Frame
3129
3130There are several other commands to print information about the selected
3131stack frame.
3132
3133@table @code
3134@item frame
3135@itemx f
29a2b744
RP
3136When used without any argument, this command does not change which
3137frame is selected, but prints a brief description of the currently
70b88761 3138selected stack frame. It can be abbreviated @code{f}. With an
29a2b744
RP
3139argument, this command is used to select a stack frame
3140(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}).
70b88761
RP
3141
3142@item info frame
70b88761 3143@itemx info f
29a2b744 3144@kindex info frame
70b88761
RP
3145@kindex info f
3146This command prints a verbose description of the selected stack frame,
3147including the address of the frame, the addresses of the next frame down
c2bbbb22
RP
3148(called by this frame) and the next frame up (caller of this frame), the
3149language that the source code corresponding to this frame was written in,
70b88761
RP
3150the address of the frame's arguments, the program counter saved in it
3151(the address of execution in the caller frame), and which registers
3152were saved in the frame. The verbose description is useful when
3153something has gone wrong that has made the stack format fail to fit
3154the usual conventions.
3155
3156@item info frame @var{addr}
3157@itemx info f @var{addr}
3158Print a verbose description of the frame at address @var{addr},
3159without selecting that frame. The selected frame remains unchanged by
3160this command.
3161
3162@item info args
3163@kindex info args
3164Print the arguments of the selected frame, each on a separate line.
3165
3166@item info locals
3167@kindex info locals
3168Print the local variables of the selected frame, each on a separate
3169line. These are all variables declared static or automatic within all
3170program blocks that execution in this frame is currently inside of.
3171
3172@item info catch
3173@kindex info catch
3174@cindex catch exceptions
3175@cindex exception handlers
3176Print a list of all the exception handlers that are active in the
3177current stack frame at the current point of execution. To see other
3178exception handlers, visit the associated frame (using the @code{up},
3179@code{down}, or @code{frame} commands); then type @code{info catch}.
1041a570 3180@xref{Exception Handling, ,Breakpoints and Exceptions}.
70b88761
RP
3181@end table
3182
3183@node Source, Data, Stack, Top
3184@chapter Examining Source Files
3185
3186_GDBN__ can print parts of your program's source, since the debugging
1041a570
RP
3187information recorded in your program tells _GDBN__ what source files were
3188used to build it. When your program stops, _GDBN__ spontaneously prints
3189the line where it stopped. Likewise, when you select a stack frame
3190(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}), _GDBN__ prints the line where
3191execution in that frame has stopped. You can print other portions of
3192source files by explicit command.
70b88761 3193
1041a570
RP
3194If you use _GDBN__ through its GNU Emacs interface, you may prefer to use
3195Emacs facilities to view source; @pxref{Emacs, ,Using _GDBN__ under GNU
3196Emacs}.
70b88761
RP
3197
3198@menu
b80282d5
RP
3199* List:: Printing Source Lines
3200* Search:: Searching Source Files
3201* Source Path:: Specifying Source Directories
3202* Machine Code:: Source and Machine Code
70b88761
RP
3203@end menu
3204
3205@node List, Search, Source, Source
3206@section Printing Source Lines
3207
3208@kindex list
3209@kindex l
3210To print lines from a source file, use the @code{list} command
3211(abbreviated @code{l}). There are several ways to specify what part
3212of the file you want to print.
3213
3214Here are the forms of the @code{list} command most commonly used:
3215
3216@table @code
3217@item list @var{linenum}
c338a2fd 3218Print lines centered around line number @var{linenum} in the
70b88761
RP
3219current source file.
3220
3221@item list @var{function}
c338a2fd 3222Print lines centered around the beginning of function
70b88761
RP
3223@var{function}.
3224
3225@item list
c338a2fd
RP
3226Print more lines. If the last lines printed were printed with a
3227@code{list} command, this prints lines following the last lines
70b88761 3228printed; however, if the last line printed was a solitary line printed
29a2b744 3229as part of displaying a stack frame (@pxref{Stack, ,Examining the
1041a570 3230Stack}), this prints lines centered around that line.
70b88761
RP
3231
3232@item list -
c338a2fd
RP
3233Print lines just before the lines last printed.
3234@end table
3235
3236By default, _GDBN__ prints ten source lines with any of these forms of
3237the @code{list} command. You can change this using @code{set listsize}:
3238
3239@table @code
3240@item set listsize @var{count}
3241@kindex set listsize
3242Make the @code{list} command display @var{count} source lines (unless
3243the @code{list} argument explicitly specifies some other number).
3244
3245@item show listsize
3246@kindex show listsize
3247Display the number of lines that @code{list} will currently display by
e251e767 3248default.
70b88761
RP
3249@end table
3250
3251Repeating a @code{list} command with @key{RET} discards the argument,
3252so it is equivalent to typing just @code{list}. This is more useful
3253than listing the same lines again. An exception is made for an
3254argument of @samp{-}; that argument is preserved in repetition so that
3255each repetition moves up in the source file.
3256
3257@cindex linespec
3258In general, the @code{list} command expects you to supply zero, one or two
3259@dfn{linespecs}. Linespecs specify source lines; there are several ways
3260of writing them but the effect is always to specify some source line.
3261Here is a complete description of the possible arguments for @code{list}:
3262
3263@table @code
3264@item list @var{linespec}
c338a2fd 3265Print lines centered around the line specified by @var{linespec}.
70b88761
RP
3266
3267@item list @var{first},@var{last}
3268Print lines from @var{first} to @var{last}. Both arguments are
3269linespecs.
3270
3271@item list ,@var{last}
c338a2fd 3272Print lines ending with @var{last}.
70b88761
RP
3273
3274@item list @var{first},
c338a2fd 3275Print lines starting with @var{first}.
70b88761
RP
3276
3277@item list +
c338a2fd 3278Print lines just after the lines last printed.
70b88761
RP
3279
3280@item list -
c338a2fd 3281Print lines just before the lines last printed.
70b88761
RP
3282
3283@item list
3284As described in the preceding table.
3285@end table
3286
3287Here are the ways of specifying a single source line---all the
3288kinds of linespec.
3289
3290@table @code
3291@item @var{number}
3292Specifies line @var{number} of the current source file.
3293When a @code{list} command has two linespecs, this refers to
3294the same source file as the first linespec.
3295
3296@item +@var{offset}
3297Specifies the line @var{offset} lines after the last line printed.
3298When used as the second linespec in a @code{list} command that has
3299two, this specifies the line @var{offset} lines down from the
3300first linespec.
3301
3302@item -@var{offset}
3303Specifies the line @var{offset} lines before the last line printed.
3304
3305@item @var{filename}:@var{number}
3306Specifies line @var{number} in the source file @var{filename}.
3307
3308@item @var{function}
3309@c FIXME: "of the open-brace" is C-centric. When we add other langs...
3310Specifies the line of the open-brace that begins the body of the
3311function @var{function}.
3312
3313@item @var{filename}:@var{function}
3314Specifies the line of the open-brace that begins the body of the
3315function @var{function} in the file @var{filename}. You only need the
3316file name with a function name to avoid ambiguity when there are
3317identically named functions in different source files.
3318
3319@item *@var{address}
3320Specifies the line containing the program address @var{address}.
3321@var{address} may be any expression.
3322@end table
3323
3324@node Search, Source Path, List, Source
3325@section Searching Source Files
3326@cindex searching
3327@kindex reverse-search
3328
3329There are two commands for searching through the current source file for a
3330regular expression.
3331
3332@table @code
3333@item forward-search @var{regexp}
3334@itemx search @var{regexp}
3335@kindex search
3336@kindex forward-search
1041a570
RP
3337The command @samp{forward-search @var{regexp}} checks each line,
3338starting with the one following the last line listed, for a match for
3339@var{regexp}. It lists the line that is found. You can use
3340synonym @samp{search @var{regexp}} or abbreviate the command name as
3341@code{fo}.
70b88761
RP
3342
3343@item reverse-search @var{regexp}
3344The command @samp{reverse-search @var{regexp}} checks each line, starting
3345with the one before the last line listed and going backward, for a match
3346for @var{regexp}. It lists the line that is found. You can abbreviate
3347this command as @code{rev}.
3348@end table
3349
3350@node Source Path, Machine Code, Search, Source
3351@section Specifying Source Directories
3352
3353@cindex source path
3354@cindex directories for source files
3355Executable programs sometimes do not record the directories of the source
3356files from which they were compiled, just the names. Even when they do,
3357the directories could be moved between the compilation and your debugging
3358session. _GDBN__ has a list of directories to search for source files;
3359this is called the @dfn{source path}. Each time _GDBN__ wants a source file,
3360it tries all the directories in the list, in the order they are present
3361in the list, until it finds a file with the desired name. Note that
3362the executable search path is @emph{not} used for this purpose. Neither is
3363the current working directory, unless it happens to be in the source
3364path.
3365
29a2b744 3366If _GDBN__ cannot find a source file in the source path, and the object
70b88761
RP
3367program records a directory, _GDBN__ tries that directory too. If the
3368source path is empty, and there is no record of the compilation
3369directory, _GDBN__ will, as a last resort, look in the current
3370directory.
3371
3372Whenever you reset or rearrange the source path, _GDBN__ will clear out
3373any information it has cached about where source files are found, where
3374each line is in the file, etc.
3375
3376@kindex directory
3377When you start _GDBN__, its source path is empty.
3378To add other directories, use the @code{directory} command.
3379
3380@table @code
3381@item directory @var{dirname} @dots{}
3382Add directory @var{dirname} to the front of the source path. Several
3383directory names may be given to this command, separated by @samp{:} or
3384whitespace. You may specify a directory that is already in the source
e251e767 3385path; this moves it forward, so it will be searched sooner.
7463aadd
RP
3386
3387You can use the string @samp{$cdir} to refer to the compilation
3388directory (if one is recorded), and @samp{$cwd} to refer to the current
3389working directory. @samp{$cwd} is not the same as @samp{.}---the former
3390tracks the current working directory as it changes during your _GDBN__
3391session, while the latter is immediately expanded to the current
3392directory at the time you add an entry to the source path.
70b88761
RP
3393
3394@item directory
3395Reset the source path to empty again. This requires confirmation.
3396
3397@c RET-repeat for @code{directory} is explicitly disabled, but since
29a2b744 3398@c repeating it would be a no-op we do not say that. (thanks to RMS)
70b88761
RP
3399
3400@item show directories
3401@kindex show directories
3402Print the source path: show which directories it contains.
3403@end table
3404
3405If your source path is cluttered with directories that are no longer of
3406interest, _GDBN__ may sometimes cause confusion by finding the wrong
3407versions of source. You can correct the situation as follows:
3408
3409@enumerate
3410@item
3411Use @code{directory} with no argument to reset the source path to empty.
3412
3413@item
3414Use @code{directory} with suitable arguments to reinstall the
3415directories you want in the source path. You can add all the
3416directories in one command.
3417@end enumerate
3418
3419@node Machine Code, , Source Path, Source
3420@section Source and Machine Code
1041a570 3421
70b88761
RP
3422You can use the command @code{info line} to map source lines to program
3423addresses (and viceversa), and the command @code{disassemble} to display
3424a range of addresses as machine instructions.
3425
3426@table @code
3427@item info line @var{linespec}
3428@kindex info line
3429Print the starting and ending addresses of the compiled code for
1041a570
RP
3430source line @var{linespec}. You can specify source lines in any of
3431the ways understood by the @code{list} command (@pxref{List, ,Printing
3432Source Lines}).
70b88761
RP
3433@end table
3434
1041a570
RP
3435For example, we can use @code{info line} to discover the location of
3436the object code for the first line of function
3437@code{m4_changequote}:
3438
70b88761
RP
3439@smallexample
3440(_GDBP__) info line m4_changecom
3441Line 895 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x634c and ends at 0x6350.
3442@end smallexample
3443
3444@noindent
3445We can also inquire (using @code{*@var{addr}} as the form for
3446@var{linespec}) what source line covers a particular address:
3447@smallexample
3448(_GDBP__) info line *0x63ff
3449Line 926 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x63e4 and ends at 0x6404.
3450@end smallexample
3451
c338a2fd 3452@cindex @code{$_} and @code{info line}
29a2b744
RP
3453After @code{info line}, the default address for the @code{x} command
3454is changed to the starting address of the line, so that @samp{x/i} is
3455sufficient to begin examining the machine code (@pxref{Memory,
3456,Examining Memory}). Also, this address is saved as the value of the
3457convenience variable @code{$_} (@pxref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience
3458Variables}).
70b88761
RP
3459
3460@table @code
3461@kindex disassemble
3462@item disassemble
e94b4a2b
RP
3463This specialized command dumps a range of memory as machine
3464instructions. The default memory range is the function surrounding the
3465program counter of the selected frame. A single argument to this
3466command is a program counter value; the function surrounding this value
3467will be dumped. Two arguments specify a range of addresses (first
3468inclusive, second exclusive) to dump.
70b88761
RP
3469@end table
3470
3471We can use @code{disassemble} to inspect the object code
3472range shown in the last @code{info line} example:
3473
3474@smallexample
3475(_GDBP__) disas 0x63e4 0x6404
3476Dump of assembler code from 0x63e4 to 0x6404:
b80282d5
RP
34770x63e4 <builtin_init+5340>: ble 0x63f8 <builtin_init+5360>
34780x63e8 <builtin_init+5344>: sethi %hi(0x4c00), %o0
34790x63ec <builtin_init+5348>: ld [%i1+4], %o0
34800x63f0 <builtin_init+5352>: b 0x63fc <builtin_init+5364>
34810x63f4 <builtin_init+5356>: ld [%o0+4], %o0
34820x63f8 <builtin_init+5360>: or %o0, 0x1a4, %o0
34830x63fc <builtin_init+5364>: call 0x9288 <path_search>
e251e767 34840x6400 <builtin_init+5368>: nop
70b88761 3485End of assembler dump.
70b88761
RP
3486@end smallexample
3487
c2bbbb22 3488@node Data, Languages, Source, Top
70b88761
RP
3489@chapter Examining Data
3490
3491@cindex printing data
3492@cindex examining data
3493@kindex print
3494@kindex inspect
1041a570 3495@c "inspect" is not quite a synonym if you are using Epoch, which we do not
29a2b744 3496@c document because it is nonstandard... Under Epoch it displays in a
70b88761
RP
3497@c different window or something like that.
3498The usual way to examine data in your program is with the @code{print}
3499command (abbreviated @code{p}), or its synonym @code{inspect}. It
b80282d5 3500evaluates and prints the value of an expression of the language your
1041a570
RP
3501program is written in (@pxref{Languages, ,Using _GDBN__ with Different
3502Languages}).
70b88761 3503
e0dacfd1
RP
3504@table @code
3505@item print @var{exp}
3506@itemx print /@var{f} @var{exp}
3507@var{exp} is an expression (in the source language). By default
70b88761 3508the value of @var{exp} is printed in a format appropriate to its data
e0dacfd1
RP
3509type; you can choose a different format by specifying @samp{/@var{f}},
3510where @var{f} is a letter specifying the format; @pxref{Output formats}.
3511
3512@item print
3513@itemx print /@var{f}
3514If you omit @var{exp}, _GDBN__ displays the last value again (from the
1041a570 3515@dfn{value history}; @pxref{Value History, ,Value History}). This allows you to
e0dacfd1
RP
3516conveniently inspect the same value in an alternative format.
3517@end table
70b88761
RP
3518
3519A more low-level way of examining data is with the @code{x} command.
3520It examines data in memory at a specified address and prints it in a
29a2b744 3521specified format. @xref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}.
70b88761 3522
29a2b744 3523If you are interested in information about types, or about how the fields
b80282d5 3524of a struct or class are declared, use the @code{ptype @var{exp}}
1041a570 3525command rather than @code{print}. @xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}.
b80282d5 3526
70b88761 3527@menu
b80282d5
RP
3528* Expressions:: Expressions
3529* Variables:: Program Variables
3530* Arrays:: Artificial Arrays
3531* Output formats:: Output formats
3532* Memory:: Examining Memory
3533* Auto Display:: Automatic Display
3534* Print Settings:: Print Settings
3535* Value History:: Value History
3536* Convenience Vars:: Convenience Variables
3537* Registers:: Registers
3538* Floating Point Hardware:: Floating Point Hardware
70b88761
RP
3539@end menu
3540
3541@node Expressions, Variables, Data, Data
3542@section Expressions
3543
3544@cindex expressions
3545@code{print} and many other _GDBN__ commands accept an expression and
3546compute its value. Any kind of constant, variable or operator defined
3547by the programming language you are using is legal in an expression in
3548_GDBN__. This includes conditional expressions, function calls, casts
3549and string constants. It unfortunately does not include symbols defined
b80282d5 3550by preprocessor @code{#define} commands.
70b88761 3551
c2bbbb22 3552Because C is so widespread, most of the expressions shown in examples in
1041a570 3553this manual are in C. @xref{Languages, , Using _GDBN__ with Different
c2bbbb22 3554Languages}, for information on how to use expressions in other
e251e767 3555languages.
c2bbbb22
RP
3556
3557In this section, we discuss operators that you can use in _GDBN__
e251e767 3558expressions regardless of your programming language.
c2bbbb22 3559
70b88761
RP
3560Casts are supported in all languages, not just in C, because it is so
3561useful to cast a number into a pointer so as to examine a structure
3562at that address in memory.
c2bbbb22 3563@c FIXME: casts supported---Mod2 true?
70b88761 3564
c2bbbb22 3565_GDBN__ supports these operators in addition to those of programming
70b88761
RP
3566languages:
3567
3568@table @code
3569@item @@
3570@samp{@@} is a binary operator for treating parts of memory as arrays.
1041a570 3571@xref{Arrays, ,Artificial Arrays}, for more information.
70b88761
RP
3572
3573@item ::
3574@samp{::} allows you to specify a variable in terms of the file or
1041a570 3575function where it is defined. @xref{Variables, ,Program Variables}.
70b88761
RP
3576
3577@item @{@var{type}@} @var{addr}
3578Refers to an object of type @var{type} stored at address @var{addr} in
3579memory. @var{addr} may be any expression whose value is an integer or
3580pointer (but parentheses are required around binary operators, just as in
3581a cast). This construct is allowed regardless of what kind of data is
1041a570 3582normally supposed to reside at @var{addr}.
70b88761
RP
3583@end table
3584
3585@node Variables, Arrays, Expressions, Data
3586@section Program Variables
3587
3588The most common kind of expression to use is the name of a variable
3589in your program.
3590
3591Variables in expressions are understood in the selected stack frame
29a2b744
RP
3592(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}); they must either be global
3593(or static) or be visible according to the scope rules of the
3594programming language from the point of execution in that frame. This
3595means that in the function
70b88761
RP
3596
3597@example
3598foo (a)
3599 int a;
3600@{
3601 bar (a);
3602 @{
3603 int b = test ();
3604 bar (b);
3605 @}
3606@}
3607@end example
3608
3609@noindent
29a2b744 3610the variable @code{a} is usable whenever your program is executing
70b88761 3611within the function @code{foo}, but the variable @code{b} is visible
29a2b744 3612only while your program is executing inside the block in which @code{b}
70b88761
RP
3613is declared.
3614
3615@cindex variable name conflict
3616There is an exception: you can refer to a variable or function whose
3617scope is a single source file even if the current execution point is not
3618in this file. But it is possible to have more than one such variable or
6ca72cc6
RP
3619function with the same name (in different source files). If that
3620happens, referring to that name has unpredictable effects. If you wish,
3621you can specify a static variable in a particular function or file,
3622using the colon-colon notation:
70b88761
RP
3623
3624@cindex colon-colon
a6d0b6d3 3625@iftex
29a2b744 3626@c info cannot cope with a :: index entry, but why deprive hard copy readers?
70b88761 3627@kindex ::
a6d0b6d3 3628@end iftex
70b88761
RP
3629@example
3630@var{file}::@var{variable}
6ca72cc6 3631@var{function}::@var{variable}
70b88761
RP
3632@end example
3633
3634@noindent
6ca72cc6 3635Here @var{file} or @var{function} is the name of the context for the
6c380b13
RP
3636static @var{variable}. In the case of file names, you can use quotes to
3637make sure _GDBN__ parses the file name as a single word---for example,
3638to print a global value of @code{x} defined in @file{f2.c}:
3639
3640@example
3641(_GDBP__) p 'f2.c'::x
3642@end example
70b88761 3643
c2bbbb22 3644@cindex C++ scope resolution
70b88761
RP
3645This use of @samp{::} is very rarely in conflict with the very similar
3646use of the same notation in C++. _GDBN__ also supports use of the C++
c2bbbb22 3647scope resolution operator in _GDBN__ expressions.
70b88761 3648
3d3ab540
RP
3649@cindex wrong values
3650@cindex variable values, wrong
3651@quotation
3652@emph{Warning:} Occasionally, a local variable may appear to have the
3653wrong value at certain points in a function---just after entry to the
29a2b744 3654function, and just before exit. You may see this problem when you are
3d3ab540
RP
3655stepping by machine instructions. This is because on most machines, it
3656takes more than one instruction to set up a stack frame (including local
29a2b744 3657variable definitions); if you are stepping by machine instructions,
3d3ab540
RP
3658variables may appear to have the wrong values until the stack frame is
3659completely built. On function exit, it usually also takes more than one
3660machine instruction to destroy a stack frame; after you begin stepping
3661through that group of instructions, local variable definitions may be
3662gone.
3663@end quotation
3664
70b88761
RP
3665@node Arrays, Output formats, Variables, Data
3666@section Artificial Arrays
3667
3668@cindex artificial array
3669@kindex @@
3670It is often useful to print out several successive objects of the
3671same type in memory; a section of an array, or an array of
3672dynamically determined size for which only a pointer exists in the
3673program.
3674
3675This can be done by constructing an @dfn{artificial array} with the
3676binary operator @samp{@@}. The left operand of @samp{@@} should be
3677the first element of the desired array, as an individual object.
3678The right operand should be the desired length of the array. The result is
3679an array value whose elements are all of the type of the left argument.
3680The first element is actually the left argument; the second element
3681comes from bytes of memory immediately following those that hold the
3682first element, and so on. Here is an example. If a program says
3683
3684@example
3685int *array = (int *) malloc (len * sizeof (int));
3686@end example
3687
3688@noindent
3689you can print the contents of @code{array} with
3690
3691@example
3692p *array@@len
3693@end example
3694
3695The left operand of @samp{@@} must reside in memory. Array values made
3696with @samp{@@} in this way behave just like other arrays in terms of
3697subscripting, and are coerced to pointers when used in expressions.
3698Artificial arrays most often appear in expressions via the value history
1041a570 3699(@pxref{Value History, ,Value History}), after printing one out.)
70b88761 3700
1041a570 3701Sometimes the artificial array mechanism is not quite enough; in
3d3ab540 3702moderately complex data structures, the elements of interest may not
1041a570
RP
3703actually be adjacent---for example, if you are interested in the values
3704of pointers in an array. One useful work-around in this situation is
3705to use a convenience variable (@pxref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience
3706Variables}) as a counter in an expression that prints the first
3707interesting value, and then repeat that expression via @key{RET}. For
3708instance, suppose you have an array @code{dtab} of pointers to
3709structures, and you are interested in the values of a field @code{fv}
3710in each structure. Here is an example of what you might type:
3711
3d3ab540
RP
3712@example
3713set $i = 0
3714p dtab[$i++]->fv
3715@key{RET}
3716@key{RET}
3717@dots{}
3718@end example
3719
70b88761
RP
3720@node Output formats, Memory, Arrays, Data
3721@section Output formats
3722
3723@cindex formatted output
3724@cindex output formats
3725By default, _GDBN__ prints a value according to its data type. Sometimes
3726this is not what you want. For example, you might want to print a number
3727in hex, or a pointer in decimal. Or you might want to view data in memory
3728at a certain address as a character string or as an instruction. To do
3729these things, specify an @dfn{output format} when you print a value.
3730
3731The simplest use of output formats is to say how to print a value
3732already computed. This is done by starting the arguments of the
3733@code{print} command with a slash and a format letter. The format
3734letters supported are:
3735
3736@table @code
3737@item x
3738Regard the bits of the value as an integer, and print the integer in
3739hexadecimal.
3740
3741@item d
3742Print as integer in signed decimal.
3743
3744@item u
3745Print as integer in unsigned decimal.
3746
3747@item o
3748Print as integer in octal.
3749
3750@item t
3751Print as integer in binary. The letter @samp{t} stands for ``two''.
3752
3753@item a
3754Print as an address, both absolute in hex and as an offset from the
3755nearest preceding symbol. This format can be used to discover where (in
3756what function) an unknown address is located:
1041a570 3757
70b88761
RP
3758@example
3759(_GDBP__) p/a 0x54320
3760_0__$3 = 0x54320 <_initialize_vx+396>_1__
3761@end example
3762
70b88761
RP
3763@item c
3764Regard as an integer and print it as a character constant.
3765
3766@item f
3767Regard the bits of the value as a floating point number and print
3768using typical floating point syntax.
3769@end table
3770
3771For example, to print the program counter in hex (@pxref{Registers}), type
3772
3773@example
3774p/x $pc
3775@end example
3776
3777@noindent
3778Note that no space is required before the slash; this is because command
3779names in _GDBN__ cannot contain a slash.
3780
3781To reprint the last value in the value history with a different format,
3782you can use the @code{print} command with just a format and no
3783expression. For example, @samp{p/x} reprints the last value in hex.
3784
3785@node Memory, Auto Display, Output formats, Data
3786@section Examining Memory
3787
1041a570
RP
3788You can use the command @code{x} (for ``examine'') to examine memory in
3789any of several formats, independently of your program's data types.
3790
70b88761
RP
3791@cindex examining memory
3792@table @code
3793@kindex x
cedaf8bc
RP
3794@item x/@var{nfu} @var{addr}
3795@itemx x @var{addr}
3796@itemx x
1041a570
RP
3797Use the command @code{x} to examine memory.
3798@end table
3799
3800@var{n}, @var{f}, and @var{u} are all optional parameters that specify how
3801much memory to display and how to format it; @var{addr} is an
cedaf8bc
RP
3802expression giving the address where you want to start displaying memory.
3803If you use defaults for @var{nfu}, you need not type the slash @samp{/}.
3804Several commands set convenient defaults for @var{addr}.
70b88761 3805
1041a570
RP
3806@table @r
3807@item @var{n}, the repeat count
3808The repeat count is a decimal integer; the default is 1. It specifies
3809how much memory (counting by units @var{u}) to display.
cedaf8bc
RP
3810@c This really is **decimal**; unaffected by 'set radix' as of GDB
3811@c 4.1.2.
70b88761 3812
1041a570
RP
3813@item @var{f}, the display format
3814The display format is one of the formats used by @code{print},
cedaf8bc
RP
3815or @samp{s} (null-terminated string) or @samp{i} (machine instruction).
3816The default is @samp{x} (hexadecimal) initially, or the format from the
3817last time you used either @code{x} or @code{print}.
70b88761 3818
1041a570
RP
3819@item @var{u}, the unit size
3820The unit size is any of
70b88761
RP
3821@table @code
3822@item b
cedaf8bc 3823Bytes.
70b88761 3824@item h
cedaf8bc 3825Halfwords (two bytes).
70b88761 3826@item w
cedaf8bc 3827Words (four bytes). This is the initial default.
70b88761 3828@item g
cedaf8bc 3829Giant words (eight bytes).
70b88761
RP
3830@end table
3831
cedaf8bc
RP
3832Each time you specify a unit size with @code{x}, that size becomes the
3833default unit the next time you use @code{x}. (For the @samp{s} and
3834@samp{i} formats, the unit size is ignored and is normally not written.)
3835
1041a570 3836@item @var{addr}, starting display address
cedaf8bc
RP
3837@var{addr} is the address where you want _GDBN__ to begin displaying
3838memory. The expression need not have a pointer value (though it may);
3839it is always interpreted as an integer address of a byte of memory.
1041a570 3840@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}, for more information on expressions. The default for
cedaf8bc
RP
3841@var{addr} is usually just after the last address examined---but several
3842other commands also set the default address: @code{info breakpoints} (to
3843the address of the last breakpoint listed), @code{info line} (to the
3844starting address of a line), and @code{print} (if you use it to display
3845a value from memory).
1041a570 3846@end table
70b88761 3847
cedaf8bc
RP
3848For example, @samp{x/3uh 0x54320} is a request to display three halfwords
3849(@code{h}) of memory, formatted as unsigned decimal integers (@samp{u}),
3850starting at address @code{0x54320}. @samp{x/4xw $sp} prints the four
3851words (@samp{w}) of memory above the stack pointer (here, @samp{$sp};
3852@pxref{Registers}) in hexadecimal (@samp{x}).
70b88761 3853
cedaf8bc 3854Since the letters indicating unit sizes are all distinct from the
29a2b744 3855letters specifying output formats, you do not have to remember whether
cedaf8bc
RP
3856unit size or format comes first; either order will work. The output
3857specifications @samp{4xw} and @samp{4wx} mean exactly the same thing.
3858(However, the count @var{n} must come first; @samp{wx4} will not work.)
3859
3860Even though the unit size @var{u} is ignored for the formats @samp{s}
3861and @samp{i}, you might still want to use a count @var{n}; for example,
3862@samp{3i} specifies that you want to see three machine instructions,
3863including any operands. The command @code{disassemble} gives an
3864alternative way of inspecting machine instructions; @pxref{Machine
3865Code}.
3866
3867All the defaults for the arguments to @code{x} are designed to make it
3868easy to continue scanning memory with minimal specifications each time
1041a570 3869you use @code{x}. For example, after you have inspected three machine
cedaf8bc
RP
3870instructions with @samp{x/3i @var{addr}}, you can inspect the next seven
3871with just @samp{x/7}. If you use @key{RET} to repeat the @code{x} command,
3872the repeat count @var{n} is used again; the other arguments default as
3873for successive uses of @code{x}.
70b88761 3874
c338a2fd 3875@cindex @code{$_}, @code{$__}, and value history
cedaf8bc 3876The addresses and contents printed by the @code{x} command are not saved
70b88761
RP
3877in the value history because there is often too much of them and they
3878would get in the way. Instead, _GDBN__ makes these values available for
3879subsequent use in expressions as values of the convenience variables
3880@code{$_} and @code{$__}. After an @code{x} command, the last address
3881examined is available for use in expressions in the convenience variable
3882@code{$_}. The contents of that address, as examined, are available in
3883the convenience variable @code{$__}.
3884
3885If the @code{x} command has a repeat count, the address and contents saved
3886are from the last memory unit printed; this is not the same as the last
3887address printed if several units were printed on the last line of output.
3888
3889@node Auto Display, Print Settings, Memory, Data
3890@section Automatic Display
3891@cindex automatic display
3892@cindex display of expressions
3893
3894If you find that you want to print the value of an expression frequently
3895(to see how it changes), you might want to add it to the @dfn{automatic
29a2b744 3896display list} so that _GDBN__ will print its value each time your program stops.
70b88761
RP
3897Each expression added to the list is given a number to identify it;
3898to remove an expression from the list, you specify that number.
3899The automatic display looks like this:
3900
3901@example
39022: foo = 38
39033: bar[5] = (struct hack *) 0x3804
3904@end example
3905
3906@noindent
3907showing item numbers, expressions and their current values. As with
3908displays you request manually using @code{x} or @code{print}, you can
3909specify the output format you prefer; in fact, @code{display} decides
3910whether to use @code{print} or @code{x} depending on how elaborate your
3911format specification is---it uses @code{x} if you specify a unit size,
3912or one of the two formats (@samp{i} and @samp{s}) that are only
3913supported by @code{x}; otherwise it uses @code{print}.
3914
3915@table @code
3916@item display @var{exp}
3917@kindex display
3918Add the expression @var{exp} to the list of expressions to display
1041a570 3919each time your program stops. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
70b88761
RP
3920
3921@code{display} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it.
3922
3923@item display/@var{fmt} @var{exp}
3924For @var{fmt} specifying only a display format and not a size or
3925count, add the expression @var{exp} to the auto-display list but
3926arranges to display it each time in the specified format @var{fmt}.
3927@xref{Output formats}.
3928
3929@item display/@var{fmt} @var{addr}
3930For @var{fmt} @samp{i} or @samp{s}, or including a unit-size or a
3931number of units, add the expression @var{addr} as a memory address to
29a2b744
RP
3932be examined each time your program stops. Examining means in effect
3933doing @samp{x/@var{fmt} @var{addr}}. @xref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}.
70b88761
RP
3934@end table
3935
3936For example, @samp{display/i $pc} can be helpful, to see the machine
3937instruction about to be executed each time execution stops (@samp{$pc}
3938is a common name for the program counter; @pxref{Registers}).
3939
3940@table @code
3941@item undisplay @var{dnums}@dots{}
3942@itemx delete display @var{dnums}@dots{}
3943@kindex delete display
3944@kindex undisplay
3945Remove item numbers @var{dnums} from the list of expressions to display.
3946
3947@code{undisplay} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it.
3948(Otherwise you would just get the error @samp{No display number @dots{}}.)
3949
3950@item disable display @var{dnums}@dots{}
3951@kindex disable display
3952Disable the display of item numbers @var{dnums}. A disabled display
3953item is not printed automatically, but is not forgotten. It may be
3954enabled again later.
3955
3956@item enable display @var{dnums}@dots{}
3957@kindex enable display
3958Enable display of item numbers @var{dnums}. It becomes effective once
3959again in auto display of its expression, until you specify otherwise.
3960
3961@item display
3962Display the current values of the expressions on the list, just as is
29a2b744 3963done when your program stops.
70b88761
RP
3964
3965@item info display
3966@kindex info display
3967Print the list of expressions previously set up to display
3968automatically, each one with its item number, but without showing the
3969values. This includes disabled expressions, which are marked as such.
3970It also includes expressions which would not be displayed right now
3971because they refer to automatic variables not currently available.
3972@end table
3973
3974If a display expression refers to local variables, then it does not make
3975sense outside the lexical context for which it was set up. Such an
3976expression is disabled when execution enters a context where one of its
3977variables is not defined. For example, if you give the command
3978@code{display last_char} while inside a function with an argument
29a2b744 3979@code{last_char}, then this argument will be displayed while your program
70b88761
RP
3980continues to stop inside that function. When it stops elsewhere---where
3981there is no variable @code{last_char}---display is disabled. The next time
3982your program stops where @code{last_char} is meaningful, you can enable the
3983display expression once again.
3984
3985@node Print Settings, Value History, Auto Display, Data
3986@section Print Settings
3987
3988@cindex format options
3989@cindex print settings
3990_GDBN__ provides the following ways to control how arrays, structures,
e251e767 3991and symbols are printed.
70b88761
RP
3992
3993@noindent
3994These settings are useful for debugging programs in any language:
3995
3996@table @code
3997@item set print address
3998@item set print address on
3999@kindex set print address
4000_GDBN__ will print memory addresses showing the location of stack
4001traces, structure values, pointer values, breakpoints, and so forth,
4002even when it also displays the contents of those addresses. The default
4003is on. For example, this is what a stack frame display looks like, with
4004@code{set print address on}:
1041a570 4005
70b88761 4006@smallexample
1041a570 4007@group
70b88761 4008(_GDBP__) f
e251e767 4009#0 set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<<", rq=0x34c88 ">>")
70b88761 4010 at input.c:530
b80282d5 4011530 if (lquote != def_lquote)
1041a570 4012@end group
70b88761
RP
4013@end smallexample
4014
4015@item set print address off
4016Do not print addresses when displaying their contents. For example,
4017this is the same stack frame displayed with @code{set print address off}:
1041a570 4018
70b88761 4019@example
1041a570 4020@group
70b88761
RP
4021(_GDBP__) set print addr off
4022(_GDBP__) f
4023#0 set_quotes (lq="<<", rq=">>") at input.c:530
b80282d5 4024530 if (lquote != def_lquote)
1041a570 4025@end group
70b88761
RP
4026@end example
4027
4028@item show print address
4029@kindex show print address
4030Show whether or not addresses are to be printed.
4031
4032@item set print array
4033@itemx set print array on
4034@kindex set print array
4035_GDBN__ will pretty print arrays. This format is more convenient to read,
4036but uses more space. The default is off.
4037
4038@item set print array off.
4039Return to compressed format for arrays.
4040
4041@item show print array
4042@kindex show print array
4043Show whether compressed or pretty format is selected for displaying
e251e767 4044arrays.
70b88761
RP
4045
4046@item set print elements @var{number-of-elements}
4047@kindex set print elements
4048If _GDBN__ is printing a large array, it will stop printing after it has
4049printed the number of elements set by the @code{set print elements} command.
4050This limit also applies to the display of strings.
4051
4052@item show print elements
4053@kindex show print elements
4054Display the number of elements of a large array that _GDBN__ will print
4055before losing patience.
4056
4057@item set print pretty on
4058@kindex set print pretty
4059Cause _GDBN__ to print structures in an indented format with one member per
4060line, like this:
4061
4062@example
1041a570 4063@group
70b88761
RP
4064$1 = @{
4065 next = 0x0,
4066 flags = @{
4067 sweet = 1,
4068 sour = 1
4069 @},
4070 meat = 0x54 "Pork"
4071@}
1041a570 4072@end group
70b88761
RP
4073@end example
4074
4075@item set print pretty off
4076Cause _GDBN__ to print structures in a compact format, like this:
4077
4078@smallexample
1041a570 4079@group
38962738
RP
4080$1 = @{next = 0x0, flags = @{sweet = 1, sour = 1@}, \
4081meat = 0x54 "Pork"@}
1041a570 4082@end group
70b88761
RP
4083@end smallexample
4084
4085@noindent
4086This is the default format.
4087
4088@item show print pretty
4089@kindex show print pretty
4090Show which format _GDBN__ will use to print structures.
4091
4092@item set print sevenbit-strings on
f2857bd9 4093@kindex set print sevenbit-strings
e251e767 4094Print using only seven-bit characters; if this option is set,
70b88761
RP
4095_GDBN__ will display any eight-bit characters (in strings or character
4096values) using the notation @code{\}@var{nnn}. For example, @kbd{M-a} is
4097displayed as @code{\341}.
4098
4099@item set print sevenbit-strings off
4100Print using either seven-bit or eight-bit characters, as required. This
4101is the default.
4102
4103@item show print sevenbit-strings
f2857bd9 4104@kindex show print sevenbit-strings
70b88761
RP
4105Show whether or not _GDBN__ will print only seven-bit characters.
4106
4107@item set print union on
4108@kindex set print union
4109Tell _GDBN__ to print unions which are contained in structures. This is the
4110default setting.
4111
4112@item set print union off
4113Tell _GDBN__ not to print unions which are contained in structures.
4114
4115@item show print union
4116@kindex show print union
4117Ask _GDBN__ whether or not it will print unions which are contained in
e251e767 4118structures.
70b88761
RP
4119
4120For example, given the declarations
4121
4122@smallexample
4123typedef enum @{Tree, Bug@} Species;
4124typedef enum @{Big_tree, Acorn, Seedling@} Tree_forms;
203eea5d
RP
4125typedef enum @{Caterpillar, Cocoon, Butterfly@}
4126 Bug_forms;
70b88761
RP
4127
4128struct thing @{
4129 Species it;
4130 union @{
4131 Tree_forms tree;
4132 Bug_forms bug;
4133 @} form;
4134@};
4135
4136struct thing foo = @{Tree, @{Acorn@}@};
4137@end smallexample
4138
4139@noindent
4140with @code{set print union on} in effect @samp{p foo} would print
4141
4142@smallexample
4143$1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{tree = Acorn, bug = Cocoon@}@}
4144@end smallexample
4145
4146@noindent
4147and with @code{set print union off} in effect it would print
4148
4149@smallexample
4150$1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{...@}@}
4151@end smallexample
4152@end table
4153
4154@noindent
4155These settings are of interest when debugging C++ programs:
4156
4157@table @code
e251e767
RP
4158@item set print demangle
4159@itemx set print demangle on
70b88761
RP
4160@kindex set print demangle
4161Print C++ names in their source form rather than in the mangled form
4162in which they are passed to the assembler and linker for type-safe linkage.
4163The default is on.
4164
4165@item show print demangle
4166@kindex show print demangle
4167Show whether C++ names will be printed in mangled or demangled form.
4168
e251e767
RP
4169@item set print asm-demangle
4170@itemx set print asm-demangle on
70b88761
RP
4171@kindex set print asm-demangle
4172Print C++ names in their source form rather than their mangled form, even
4173in assembler code printouts such as instruction disassemblies.
4174The default is off.
4175
4176@item show print asm-demangle
4177@kindex show print asm-demangle
4178Show whether C++ names in assembly listings will be printed in mangled
4179or demangled form.
4180
4181@item set print object
4182@itemx set print object on
4183@kindex set print object
4184When displaying a pointer to an object, identify the @emph{actual}
4185(derived) type of the object rather than the @emph{declared} type, using
4186the virtual function table.
4187
4188@item set print object off
4189Display only the declared type of objects, without reference to the
4190virtual function table. This is the default setting.
4191
4192@item show print object
4193@kindex show print object
4194Show whether actual, or declared, object types will be displayed.
4195
e251e767
RP
4196@item set print vtbl
4197@itemx set print vtbl on
70b88761
RP
4198@kindex set print vtbl
4199Pretty print C++ virtual function tables. The default is off.
4200
4201@item set print vtbl off
4202Do not pretty print C++ virtual function tables.
4203
4204@item show print vtbl
4205@kindex show print vtbl
4206Show whether C++ virtual function tables are pretty printed, or not.
70b88761
RP
4207@end table
4208
4209@node Value History, Convenience Vars, Print Settings, Data
4210@section Value History
4211
4212@cindex value history
4213Values printed by the @code{print} command are saved in _GDBN__'s @dfn{value
4214history} so that you can refer to them in other expressions. Values are
4215kept until the symbol table is re-read or discarded (for example with
4216the @code{file} or @code{symbol-file} commands). When the symbol table
4217changes, the value history is discarded, since the values may contain
4218pointers back to the types defined in the symbol table.
4219
4220@cindex @code{$}
4221@cindex @code{$$}
4222@cindex history number
4223The values printed are given @dfn{history numbers} for you to refer to them
4224by. These are successive integers starting with one. @code{print} shows you
4225the history number assigned to a value by printing @samp{$@var{num} = }
4226before the value; here @var{num} is the history number.
4227
4228To refer to any previous value, use @samp{$} followed by the value's
4229history number. The way @code{print} labels its output is designed to
4230remind you of this. Just @code{$} refers to the most recent value in
4231the history, and @code{$$} refers to the value before that.
4232@code{$$@var{n}} refers to the @var{n}th value from the end; @code{$$2}
4233is the value just prior to @code{$$}, @code{$$1} is equivalent to
4234@code{$$}, and @code{$$0} is equivalent to @code{$}.
4235
4236For example, suppose you have just printed a pointer to a structure and
4237want to see the contents of the structure. It suffices to type
4238
4239@example
4240p *$
4241@end example
4242
4243If you have a chain of structures where the component @code{next} points
4244to the next one, you can print the contents of the next one with this:
4245
4246@example
4247p *$.next
4248@end example
4249
4250@noindent
4251You can print successive links in the chain by repeating this
4252command---which you can do by just typing @key{RET}.
4253
4254Note that the history records values, not expressions. If the value of
4255@code{x} is 4 and you type these commands:
4256
4257@example
4258print x
4259set x=5
4260@end example
4261
4262@noindent
4263then the value recorded in the value history by the @code{print} command
4264remains 4 even though the value of @code{x} has changed.
4265
4266@table @code
4267@kindex show values
4268@item show values
4269Print the last ten values in the value history, with their item numbers.
4270This is like @samp{p@ $$9} repeated ten times, except that @code{show
4271values} does not change the history.
4272
4273@item show values @var{n}
4274Print ten history values centered on history item number @var{n}.
4275
4276@item show values +
4277Print ten history values just after the values last printed. If no more
4278values are available, produces no display.
4279@end table
4280
4281Pressing @key{RET} to repeat @code{show values @var{n}} has exactly the
e251e767 4282same effect as @samp{show values +}.
70b88761
RP
4283
4284@node Convenience Vars, Registers, Value History, Data
4285@section Convenience Variables
4286
4287@cindex convenience variables
4288_GDBN__ provides @dfn{convenience variables} that you can use within
4289_GDBN__ to hold on to a value and refer to it later. These variables
4290exist entirely within _GDBN__; they are not part of your program, and
4291setting a convenience variable has no direct effect on further execution
1041a570 4292of your program. That is why you can use them freely.
70b88761
RP
4293
4294Convenience variables are prefixed with @samp{$}. Any name preceded by
4295@samp{$} can be used for a convenience variable, unless it is one of
4296the predefined machine-specific register names (@pxref{Registers}).
4297(Value history references, in contrast, are @emph{numbers} preceded
1041a570 4298by @samp{$}. @xref{Value History, ,Value History}.)
70b88761
RP
4299
4300You can save a value in a convenience variable with an assignment
4301expression, just as you would set a variable in your program. Example:
4302
4303@example
4304set $foo = *object_ptr
4305@end example
4306
4307@noindent
4308would save in @code{$foo} the value contained in the object pointed to by
4309@code{object_ptr}.
4310
4311Using a convenience variable for the first time creates it; but its value
4312is @code{void} until you assign a new value. You can alter the value with
4313another assignment at any time.
4314
4315Convenience variables have no fixed types. You can assign a convenience
4316variable any type of value, including structures and arrays, even if
4317that variable already has a value of a different type. The convenience
4318variable, when used as an expression, has the type of its current value.
4319
4320@table @code
4321@item show convenience
4322@kindex show convenience
4323Print a list of convenience variables used so far, and their values.
4324Abbreviated @code{show con}.
4325@end table
4326
4327One of the ways to use a convenience variable is as a counter to be
4328incremented or a pointer to be advanced. For example, to print
4329a field from successive elements of an array of structures:
4330
4331_0__@example
4332set $i = 0
4333print bar[$i++]->contents
4334@i{@dots{} repeat that command by typing @key{RET}.}
4335_1__@end example
4336
4337Some convenience variables are created automatically by _GDBN__ and given
4338values likely to be useful.
4339
4340@table @code
4341@item $_
c338a2fd 4342@kindex $_
70b88761 4343The variable @code{$_} is automatically set by the @code{x} command to
29a2b744
RP
4344the last address examined (@pxref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}). Other
4345commands which provide a default address for @code{x} to examine also
4346set @code{$_} to that address; these commands include @code{info line}
4347and @code{info breakpoint}. The type of @code{$_} is @code{void *}
4348except when set by the @code{x} command, in which case it is a pointer
4349to the type of @code{$__}.
70b88761
RP
4350
4351@item $__
c338a2fd 4352@kindex $__
70b88761 4353The variable @code{$__} is automatically set by the @code{x} command
c2bbbb22
RP
4354to the value found in the last address examined. Its type is chosen
4355to match the format in which the data was printed.
70b88761
RP
4356@end table
4357
4358@node Registers, Floating Point Hardware, Convenience Vars, Data
4359@section Registers
4360
4361@cindex registers
b80282d5 4362You can refer to machine register contents, in expressions, as variables
70b88761
RP
4363with names starting with @samp{$}. The names of registers are different
4364for each machine; use @code{info registers} to see the names used on
e251e767 4365your machine.
70b88761
RP
4366
4367@table @code
4368@item info registers
4369@kindex info registers
b80282d5
RP
4370Print the names and values of all registers except floating-point
4371registers (in the selected stack frame).
4372
4373@item info all-registers
4374@kindex info all-registers
4375@cindex floating point registers
4376Print the names and values of all registers, including floating-point
4377registers.
70b88761 4378
0d1cd01e
JG
4379@item info registers @var{regname} @{dots}
4380Print the relativized value of each specified register @var{regname}.
4381@var{regname} may be any register name valid on the machine you are using, with
70b88761
RP
4382or without the initial @samp{$}.
4383@end table
4384
09267865 4385_GDBN__ has four ``standard'' register names that are available (in
29a2b744 4386expressions) on most machines---whenever they do not conflict with an
09267865
RP
4387architecture's canonical mnemonics for registers. The register names
4388@code{$pc} and @code{$sp} are used for the program counter register and
4389the stack pointer. @code{$fp} is used for a register that contains a
4390pointer to the current stack frame, and @code{$ps} is used for a
4391register that contains the processor status. For example,
70b88761 4392you could print the program counter in hex with
1041a570 4393
70b88761
RP
4394@example
4395p/x $pc
4396@end example
4397
4398@noindent
4399or print the instruction to be executed next with
1041a570 4400
70b88761
RP
4401@example
4402x/i $pc
4403@end example
4404
4405@noindent
29a2b744
RP
4406or add four to the stack pointer @footnote{This is a way of removing
4407one word from the stack, on machines where stacks grow downward in
4408memory (most machines, nowadays). This assumes that the innermost
4409stack frame is selected; setting @code{$sp} is not allowed when other
4410stack frames are selected. To pop entire frames off the stack,
4411regardless of machine architecture, use @code{return};
1041a570
RP
4412@pxref{Returning, ,Returning from a Function}.} with
4413
70b88761
RP
4414@example
4415set $sp += 4
4416@end example
4417
09267865
RP
4418Whenever possible, these four standard register names are available on
4419your machine even though the machine has different canonical mnemonics,
4420so long as there is no conflict. The @code{info registers} command
4421shows the canonical names. For example, on the SPARC, @code{info
70b88761
RP
4422registers} displays the processor status register as @code{$psr} but you
4423can also refer to it as @code{$ps}.
4424
4425_GDBN__ always considers the contents of an ordinary register as an
4426integer when the register is examined in this way. Some machines have
4427special registers which can hold nothing but floating point; these
4428registers are considered to have floating point values. There is no way
4429to refer to the contents of an ordinary register as floating point value
4430(although you can @emph{print} it as a floating point value with
4431@samp{print/f $@var{regname}}).
4432
4433Some registers have distinct ``raw'' and ``virtual'' data formats. This
4434means that the data format in which the register contents are saved by
4435the operating system is not the same one that your program normally
4436sees. For example, the registers of the 68881 floating point
4437coprocessor are always saved in ``extended'' (raw) format, but all C
4438programs expect to work with ``double'' (virtual) format. In such
4439cases, _GDBN__ normally works with the virtual format only (the format that
4440makes sense for your program), but the @code{info registers} command
4441prints the data in both formats.
4442
4443Normally, register values are relative to the selected stack frame
29a2b744
RP
4444(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}). This means that you get the
4445value that the register would contain if all stack frames farther in
4446were exited and their saved registers restored. In order to see the
4447true contents of hardware registers, you must select the innermost
4448frame (with @samp{frame 0}).
70b88761
RP
4449
4450However, _GDBN__ must deduce where registers are saved, from the machine
4451code generated by your compiler. If some registers are not saved, or if
4452_GDBN__ is unable to locate the saved registers, the selected stack
4453frame will make no difference.
4454
d8a68b28 4455_if__(_AMD29K__)
03a77779 4456@table @code
d8a68b28
JG
4457@item set rstack_high_address @var{address}
4458@kindex set rstack_high_address
03a77779
RP
4459@cindex AMD 29K register stack
4460@cindex register stack, AMD29K
4461On AMD 29000 family processors, registers are saved in a separate
4462``register stack''. There is no way for _GDBN__ to determine the extent
4463of this stack. Normally, _GDBN__ just assumes that the stack is ``large
4464enough''. This may result in _GDBN__ referencing memory locations that
4465don't exist. If necessary, you can get around this problem by
4466specifying the ending address of the register stack with the @code{set
4467rstack_high_address} command. The argument should be an address, which
4468you will probably want to precede with @samp{0x} to specify in
4469hexadecimal.
d8a68b28
JG
4470
4471@item show rstack_high_address
4472@kindex show rstack_high_address
03a77779
RP
4473Display the current limit of the register stack, on AMD 29000 family
4474processors.
4475@end table
d8a68b28
JG
4476_fi__(_AMD29K__)
4477
70b88761
RP
4478@node Floating Point Hardware, , Registers, Data
4479@section Floating Point Hardware
4480@cindex floating point
1041a570 4481
70b88761
RP
4482Depending on the host machine architecture, _GDBN__ may be able to give
4483you more information about the status of the floating point hardware.
4484
4485@table @code
4486@item info float
4487@kindex info float
4488If available, provides hardware-dependent information about the floating
4489point unit. The exact contents and layout vary depending on the
4490floating point chip.
4491@end table
4492@c FIXME: this is a cop-out. Try to get examples, explanations. Only
e251e767
RP
4493@c FIXME...supported currently on arm's and 386's. Mark properly with
4494@c FIXME... m4 macros to isolate general statements from hardware-dep,
70b88761
RP
4495@c FIXME... at that point.
4496
c2bbbb22
RP
4497@node Languages, Symbols, Data, Top
4498@chapter Using _GDBN__ with Different Languages
4499@cindex languages
4500
4501Although programming languages generally have common aspects, they are
4502rarely expressed in the same manner. For instance, in ANSI C,
4503dereferencing a pointer @code{p} is accomplished by @code{*p}, but in
4504Modula-2, it is accomplished by @code{p^}. Values can also be
4505represented (and displayed) differently. Hex numbers in C are written
4506like @samp{0x1ae}, while in Modula-2 they appear as @samp{1AEH}.
4507
4508@cindex working language
4509Language-specific information is built into _GDBN__ for some languages,
29a2b744 4510allowing you to express operations like the above in your program's
c2bbbb22 4511native language, and allowing _GDBN__ to output values in a manner
29a2b744 4512consistent with the syntax of your program's native language. The
c2bbbb22
RP
4513language you use to build expressions, called the @dfn{working
4514language}, can be selected manually, or _GDBN__ can set it
4515automatically.
4516
4517@menu
4518* Setting:: Switching between source languages
4519* Show:: Displaying the language
4520* Checks:: Type and Range checks
4521* Support:: Supported languages
4522@end menu
4523
4524@node Setting, Show, Languages, Languages
4525@section Switching between source languages
4526
4527There are two ways to control the working language---either have _GDBN__
4528set it automatically, or select it manually yourself. You can use the
4529@code{set language} command for either purpose. On startup, _GDBN__
4530defaults to setting the language automatically.
4531
4532@menu
4533* Manually:: Setting the working language manually
4534* Automatically:: Having _GDBN__ infer the source language
4535@end menu
4536
4537@node Manually, Automatically, Setting, Setting
4538@subsection Setting the working language
4539
4540@kindex set language
4541To set the language, issue the command @samp{set language @var{lang}},
c338a2fd
RP
4542where @var{lang} is the name of a language: @code{c} or @code{modula-2}.
4543For a list of the supported languages, type @samp{set language}.
c2bbbb22
RP
4544
4545Setting the language manually prevents _GDBN__ from updating the working
4546language automatically. This can lead to confusion if you try
4547to debug a program when the working language is not the same as the
4548source language, when an expression is acceptable to both
4549languages---but means different things. For instance, if the current
4550source file were written in C, and _GDBN__ was parsing Modula-2, a
4551command such as:
4552
4553@example
4554print a = b + c
4555@end example
4556
4557@noindent
4558might not have the effect you intended. In C, this means to add
4559@code{b} and @code{c} and place the result in @code{a}. The result
4560printed would be the value of @code{a}. In Modula-2, this means to compare
4561@code{a} to the result of @code{b+c}, yielding a @code{BOOLEAN} value.
4562
4563If you allow _GDBN__ to set the language automatically, then
4564you can count on expressions evaluating the same way in your debugging
4565session and in your program.
4566
4567@node Automatically, , Manually, Setting
4568@subsection Having _GDBN__ infer the source language
4569
4570To have _GDBN__ set the working language automatically, use @samp{set
4571language local} or @samp{set language auto}. _GDBN__ then infers the
4572language that a program was written in by looking at the name of its
4573source files, and examining their extensions:
4574
4575@table @file
4576@item *.mod
4577Modula-2 source file
4578
4579@item *.c
5a2c1d85
RP
4580C source file
4581
4582@item *.C
c2bbbb22 4583@itemx *.cc
5a2c1d85 4584C++ source file
c2bbbb22
RP
4585@end table
4586
4587This information is recorded for each function or procedure in a source
4588file. When your program stops in a frame (usually by encountering a
4589breakpoint), _GDBN__ sets the working language to the language recorded
4590for the function in that frame. If the language for a frame is unknown
4591(that is, if the function or block corresponding to the frame was
4592defined in a source file that does not have a recognized extension), the
4593current working language is not changed, and _GDBN__ issues a warning.
4594
4595This may not seem necessary for most programs, which are written
4596entirely in one source language. However, program modules and libraries
4597written in one source language can be used by a main program written in
4598a different source language. Using @samp{set language auto} in this
4599case frees you from having to set the working language manually.
4600
4601@node Show, Checks, Setting, Languages
4602@section Displaying the language
4603
4604The following commands will help you find out which language is the
4605working language, and also what language source files were written in.
4606
4607@kindex show language
4608@kindex info frame
4609@kindex info source
4610@table @code
4611@item show language
4612Display the current working language. This is the
4613language you can use with commands such as @code{print} to
29a2b744 4614build and compute expressions that may involve variables in your program.
c2bbbb22
RP
4615
4616@item info frame
1041a570 4617Among the other information listed here (@pxref{Frame Info, ,Information
c2bbbb22
RP
4618about a Frame}) is the source language for this frame. This is the
4619language that will become the working language if you ever use an
4620identifier that is in this frame.
4621
4622@item info source
1041a570 4623Among the other information listed here (@pxref{Symbols, ,Examining the
c2bbbb22 4624Symbol Table}) is the source language of this source file.
c2bbbb22
RP
4625@end table
4626
4627@node Checks, Support, Show, Languages
4628@section Type and range Checking
4629
4630@quotation
4631@emph{Warning:} In this release, the _GDBN__ commands for type and range
4632checking are included, but they do not yet have any effect. This
4633section documents the intended facilities.
4634@end quotation
4635@c FIXME remove warning when type/range code added
4636
4637Some languages are designed to guard you against making seemingly common
4638errors through a series of compile- and run-time checks. These include
4639checking the type of arguments to functions and operators, and making
4640sure mathematical overflows are caught at run time. Checks such as
4641these help to ensure a program's correctness once it has been compiled
4642by eliminating type mismatches, and providing active checks for range
29a2b744 4643errors when your program is running.
c2bbbb22 4644
1041a570
RP
4645_GDBN__ can check for conditions like the above if you wish.
4646Although _GDBN__ will not check the statements in your program, it
4647can check expressions entered directly into _GDBN__ for evaluation via
4648the @code{print} command, for example. As with the working language,
c2bbbb22 4649_GDBN__ can also decide whether or not to check automatically based on
1041a570
RP
4650your program's source language. @xref{Support, ,Supported Languages},
4651for the default settings of supported languages.
c2bbbb22
RP
4652
4653@menu
4654* Type Checking:: An overview of type checking
4655* Range Checking:: An overview of range checking
4656@end menu
4657
4658@cindex type checking
4659@cindex checks, type
4660@node Type Checking, Range Checking, Checks, Checks
4661@subsection An overview of type checking
4662
4663Some languages, such as Modula-2, are strongly typed, meaning that the
4664arguments to operators and functions have to be of the correct type,
4665otherwise an error occurs. These checks prevent type mismatch
4666errors from ever causing any run-time problems. For example,
4667
4668@example
46691 + 2 @result{} 3
1041a570 4670@exdent but
c2bbbb22
RP
4671@error{} 1 + 2.3
4672@end example
4673
4674The second example fails because the @code{CARDINAL} 1 is not
4675type-compatible with the @code{REAL} 2.3.
4676
4677For expressions you use in _GDBN__ commands, you can tell the _GDBN__
4678type checker to skip checking; to treat any mismatches as errors and
4679abandon the expression; or only issue warnings when type mismatches
4680occur, but evaluate the expression anyway. When you choose the last of
4681these, _GDBN__ evaluates expressions like the second example above, but
4682also issues a warning.
4683
4684Even though you may turn type checking off, other type-based reasons may
4685prevent _GDBN__ from evaluating an expression. For instance, _GDBN__ does not
4686know how to add an @code{int} and a @code{struct foo}. These particular
4687type errors have nothing to do with the language in use, and usually
4688arise from expressions, such as the one described above, which make
4689little sense to evaluate anyway.
4690
4691Each language defines to what degree it is strict about type. For
4692instance, both Modula-2 and C require the arguments to arithmetical
4693operators to be numbers. In C, enumerated types and pointers can be
4694represented as numbers, so that they are valid arguments to mathematical
1041a570 4695operators. @xref{Support, ,Supported Languages}, for further
c2bbbb22
RP
4696details on specific languages.
4697
4698_GDBN__ provides some additional commands for controlling the type checker:
4699
4700@kindex set check
4701@kindex set check type
4702@kindex show check type
4703@table @code
4704@item set check type auto
e251e767 4705Set type checking on or off based on the current working language.
1041a570 4706@xref{Support, ,Supported Languages}, for the default settings for
c2bbbb22
RP
4707each language.
4708
4709@item set check type on
4710@itemx set check type off
4711Set type checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the
4712current working language. Issue a warning if the setting does not
4713match the language's default. If any type mismatches occur in
4714evaluating an expression while typechecking is on, _GDBN__ prints a
4715message and aborts evaluation of the expression.
4716
4717@item set check type warn
4718Cause the type checker to issue warnings, but to always attempt to
4719evaluate the expression. Evaluating the expression may still
4720be impossible for other reasons. For example, _GDBN__ cannot add
4721numbers and structures.
4722
4723@item show type
e251e767 4724Show the current setting of the type checker, and whether or not _GDBN__ is
c2bbbb22
RP
4725setting it automatically.
4726@end table
4727
4728@cindex range checking
4729@cindex checks, range
4730@node Range Checking, , Type Checking, Checks
4731@subsection An overview of Range Checking
4732
4733In some languages (such as Modula-2), it is an error to exceed the
4734bounds of a type; this is enforced with run-time checks. Such range
4735checking is meant to ensure program correctness by making sure
4736computations do not overflow, or indices on an array element access do
4737not exceed the bounds of the array.
4738
4739For expressions you use in _GDBN__ commands, you can tell _GDBN__ to
4740ignore range errors; to always treat them as errors and abandon the
4741expression; or to issue warnings when a range error occurs but evaluate
4742the expression anyway.
4743
4744A range error can result from numerical overflow, from exceeding an
4745array index bound, or when you type in a constant that is not a member
4746of any type. Some languages, however, do not treat overflows as an
4747error. In many implementations of C, mathematical overflow causes the
4748result to ``wrap around'' to lower values---for example, if @var{m} is
4749the largest integer value, and @var{s} is the smallest, then
1041a570 4750
c2bbbb22
RP
4751@example
4752@var{m} + 1 @result{} @var{s}
4753@end example
4754
4755This, too, is specific to individual languages, and in some cases
1041a570 4756specific to individual compilers or machines. @xref{Support, ,
c2bbbb22
RP
4757Supported Languages}, for further details on specific languages.
4758
4759_GDBN__ provides some additional commands for controlling the range checker:
4760
4761@kindex set check
4762@kindex set check range
4763@kindex show check range
4764@table @code
4765@item set check range auto
e251e767 4766Set range checking on or off based on the current working language.
1041a570 4767@xref{Support, ,Supported Languages}, for the default settings for
c2bbbb22
RP
4768each language.
4769
4770@item set check range on
4771@itemx set check range off
4772Set range checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the
4773current working language. A warning is issued if the setting does not
4774match the language's default. If a range error occurs, then a message
4775is printed and evaluation of the expression is aborted.
4776
4777@item set check range warn
4778Output messages when the _GDBN__ range checker detects a range error,
4779but attempt to evaluate the expression anyway. Evaluating the
4780expression may still be impossible for other reasons, such as accessing
4781memory that the process does not own (a typical example from many UNIX
4782systems).
4783
4784@item show range
e251e767 4785Show the current setting of the range checker, and whether or not it is
c2bbbb22
RP
4786being set automatically by _GDBN__.
4787@end table
4788
4789@node Support, , Checks, Languages
4790@section Supported Languages
4791
5a2c1d85 4792_GDBN__ 4 supports C, C++, and Modula-2. Some _GDBN__
1041a570
RP
4793features may be used in expressions regardless of the language you
4794use: the _GDBN__ @code{@@} and @code{::} operators, and the
4795@samp{@{type@}addr} construct (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}) can be
4796used with the constructs of any of the supported languages.
c2bbbb22
RP
4797
4798The following sections detail to what degree each of these
4799source languages is supported by _GDBN__. These sections are
4800not meant to be language tutorials or references, but serve only as a
4801reference guide to what the _GDBN__ expression parser will accept, and
4802what input and output formats should look like for different languages.
4803There are many good books written on each of these languages; please
4804look to these for a language reference or tutorial.
4805
4806@menu
4807* C:: C and C++
4808* Modula-2:: Modula-2
4809@end menu
4810
4811@node C, Modula-2, Support, Support
4812@subsection C and C++
4813@cindex C and C++
4814
4815@cindex expressions in C or C++
5a2c1d85
RP
4816Since C and C++ are so closely related, many features of _GDBN__ apply
4817to both languages. Whenever this is the case, we discuss both languages
4818together.
b80282d5
RP
4819
4820@cindex C++
4821@kindex g++
4822@cindex GNU C++
c2bbbb22
RP
4823The C++ debugging facilities are jointly implemented by the GNU C++
4824compiler and _GDBN__. Therefore, to debug your C++ code effectively,
4825you must compile your C++ programs with the GNU C++ compiler,
4826@code{g++}.
4827
b80282d5 4828@menu
c2bbbb22
RP
4829* C Operators:: C and C++ Operators
4830* C Constants:: C and C++ Constants
4831* Cplusplus expressions:: C++ Expressions
4832* C Defaults:: Default settings for C and C++
4833* C Checks:: C and C++ Type and Range Checks
4834* Debugging C:: _GDBN__ and C
4835* Debugging C plus plus:: Special features for C++
b80282d5
RP
4836@end menu
4837
c2bbbb22
RP
4838@cindex C and C++ operators
4839@node C Operators, C Constants, C, C
4840@subsubsection C and C++ Operators
4841
4842Operators must be defined on values of specific types. For instance,
4843@code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures. Operators are
4844often defined on groups of types. For the purposes of C and C++, the
4845following definitions hold:
4846
4847@itemize @bullet
e251e767 4848@item
c2bbbb22
RP
4849@emph{Integral types} include @code{int} with any of its storage-class
4850specifiers, @code{char}, and @code{enum}s.
4851
4852@item
4853@emph{Floating-point types} include @code{float} and @code{double}.
4854
4855@item
4856@emph{Pointer types} include all types defined as @code{(@var{type}
4857*)}.
4858
e251e767 4859@item
c2bbbb22 4860@emph{Scalar types} include all of the above.
c2bbbb22
RP
4861@end itemize
4862
4863@noindent
4864The following operators are supported. They are listed here
4865in order of increasing precedence:
4866
4867@table @code
1041a570 4868_0__@item ,
c2bbbb22
RP
4869The comma or sequencing operator. Expressions in a comma-separated list
4870are evaluated from left to right, with the result of the entire
4871expression being the last expression evaluated.
4872
4873@item =
4874Assignment. The value of an assignment expression is the value
4875assigned. Defined on scalar types.
4876
4877@item @var{op}=
1041a570
RP
4878Used in an expression of the form @w{@code{@var{a} @var{op}= @var{b}}},
4879and translated to @w{@code{@var{a} = @var{a op b}}}.
4880@w{@code{@var{op}=}} and @code{=} have the same precendence.
4881@var{op} is any one of the operators @code{|}, @code{^}, @code{&},
4882@code{<<}, @code{>>}, @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}.
c2bbbb22
RP
4883
4884@item ?:
4885The ternary operator. @code{@var{a} ? @var{b} : @var{c}} can be thought
4886of as: if @var{a} then @var{b} else @var{c}. @var{a} should be of an
4887integral type.
4888
4889@item ||
1041a570 4890Logical @sc{or}. Defined on integral types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4891
4892@item &&
1041a570 4893Logical @sc{and}. Defined on integral types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4894
4895@item |
1041a570 4896Bitwise @sc{or}. Defined on integral types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4897
4898@item ^
1041a570 4899Bitwise exclusive-@sc{or}. Defined on integral types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4900
4901@item &
1041a570 4902Bitwise @sc{and}. Defined on integral types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4903
4904@item ==@r{, }!=
4905Equality and inequality. Defined on scalar types. The value of these
4906expressions is 0 for false and non-zero for true.
4907
4908@item <@r{, }>@r{, }<=@r{, }>=
4909Less than, greater than, less than or equal, greater than or equal.
4910Defined on scalar types. The value of these expressions is 0 for false
4911and non-zero for true.
4912
4913@item <<@r{, }>>
4914left shift, and right shift. Defined on integral types.
4915
e251e767 4916@item @@
1041a570 4917The _GDBN__ ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}).
c2bbbb22
RP
4918
4919@item +@r{, }-
4920Addition and subtraction. Defined on integral types, floating-point types and
e251e767 4921pointer types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4922
4923@item *@r{, }/@r{, }%
4924Multiplication, division, and modulus. Multiplication and division are
4925defined on integral and floating-point types. Modulus is defined on
4926integral types.
4927
4928@item ++@r{, }--
4929Increment and decrement. When appearing before a variable, the
4930operation is performed before the variable is used in an expression;
4931when appearing after it, the variable's value is used before the
4932operation takes place.
4933
4934@item *
4935Pointer dereferencing. Defined on pointer types. Same precedence as
4936@code{++}.
4937
4938@item &
4939Address operator. Defined on variables. Same precedence as @code{++}.
4940
6ca72cc6
RP
4941For debugging C++, _GDBN__ implements a use of @samp{&} beyond what's
4942allowed in the C++ language itself: you can use @samp{&(&@var{ref})}
4943(or, if you prefer, simply @samp{&&@var{ref}} to examine the address
4944where a C++ reference variable (declared with @samp{&@var{ref}}) is
4945stored.
4946
c2bbbb22
RP
4947@item -
4948Negative. Defined on integral and floating-point types. Same
4949precedence as @code{++}.
4950
4951@item !
4952Logical negation. Defined on integral types. Same precedence as
4953@code{++}.
4954
4955@item ~
4956Bitwise complement operator. Defined on integral types. Same precedence as
4957@code{++}.
4958
4959@item .@r{, }->
4960Structure member, and pointer-to-structure member. For convenience,
4961_GDBN__ regards the two as equivalent, choosing whether to dereference a
e251e767 4962pointer based on the stored type information.
c2bbbb22
RP
4963Defined on @code{struct}s and @code{union}s.
4964
4965@item []
4966Array indexing. @code{@var{a}[@var{i}]} is defined as
4967@code{*(@var{a}+@var{i})}. Same precedence as @code{->}.
4968
4969@item ()
4970Function parameter list. Same precedence as @code{->}.
4971
4972@item ::
4973C++ scope resolution operator. Defined on
4974@code{struct}, @code{union}, and @code{class} types.
4975
4976@item ::
1041a570
RP
4977The _GDBN__ scope operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). Same precedence as
4978@code{::}, above._1__
c2bbbb22
RP
4979@end table
4980
4981@cindex C and C++ constants
4982@node C Constants, Cplusplus expressions, C Operators, C
4983@subsubsection C and C++ Constants
4984
4985_GDBN__ allows you to express the constants of C and C++ in the
4986following ways:
4987
4988@itemize @bullet
c2bbbb22
RP
4989@item
4990Integer constants are a sequence of digits. Octal constants are
4991specified by a leading @samp{0} (ie. zero), and hexadecimal constants by
1041a570 4992a leading @samp{0x} or @samp{0X}. Constants may also end with a letter
c2bbbb22
RP
4993@samp{l}, specifying that the constant should be treated as a
4994@code{long} value.
4995
4996@item
4997Floating point constants are a sequence of digits, followed by a decimal
4998point, followed by a sequence of digits, and optionally followed by an
4999exponent. An exponent is of the form:
5000@samp{@w{e@r{[[}+@r{]|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}}, where @var{nnn} is another
5001sequence of digits. The @samp{+} is optional for positive exponents.
5002
5003@item
5004Enumerated constants consist of enumerated identifiers, or their
5005integral equivalents.
5006
5007@item
5008Character constants are a single character surrounded by single quotes
5009(@code{'}), or a number---the ordinal value of the corresponding character
5010(usually its @sc{ASCII} value). Within quotes, the single character may
5011be represented by a letter or by @dfn{escape sequences}, which are of
5012the form @samp{\@var{nnn}}, where @var{nnn} is the octal representation
5013of the character's ordinal value; or of the form @samp{\@var{x}}, where
5014@samp{@var{x}} is a predefined special character---for example,
5015@samp{\n} for newline.
5016
5017@item
5018String constants are a sequence of character constants surrounded
5019by double quotes (@code{"}).
5020
5021@item
5022Pointer constants are an integral value.
c2bbbb22
RP
5023@end itemize
5024
c2bbbb22
RP
5025@node Cplusplus expressions, C Defaults, C Constants, C
5026@subsubsection C++ Expressions
b80282d5
RP
5027
5028@cindex expressions in C++
b1385986
RP
5029_GDBN__'s expression handling has a number of extensions to
5030interpret a significant subset of C++ expressions.
5031
5032@cindex C++ support, not in @sc{coff}
5033@cindex @sc{coff} versus C++
5034@cindex C++ and object formats
5035@cindex object formats and C++
5036@cindex a.out and C++
5037@cindex @sc{ecoff} and C++
5038@cindex @sc{xcoff} and C++
5039@cindex @sc{elf}/stabs and C++
5040@cindex @sc{elf}/@sc{dwarf} and C++
5041@quotation
5042@emph{Warning:} Most of these extensions depend on the use of additional
5043debugging information in the symbol table, and thus require a rich,
5044extendable object code format. In particular, if your system uses
5045a.out, MIPS @sc{ecoff}, RS/6000 @sc{xcoff}, or Sun @sc{elf} with stabs
5046extensions to the symbol table, these facilities are all available.
5047Where the object code format is standard @sc{coff}, on the other hand,
5048most of the C++ support in _GDBN__ will @emph{not} work, nor can it.
5049For the standard SVr4 debugging format, @sc{dwarf} in @sc{elf}, the
5050standard is still evolving, so the C++ support in _GDBN__ is still
5051fragile; when this debugging format stabilizes, however, C++ support
5052will also be available on systems that use it.
5053@end quotation
b80282d5
RP
5054
5055@enumerate
5056
5057@cindex member functions
e251e767 5058@item
b80282d5 5059Member function calls are allowed; you can use expressions like
1041a570 5060
b80282d5
RP
5061@example
5062count = aml->GetOriginal(x, y)
5063@end example
5064
5065@kindex this
5066@cindex namespace in C++
e251e767 5067@item
b80282d5
RP
5068While a member function is active (in the selected stack frame), your
5069expressions have the same namespace available as the member function;
5070that is, _GDBN__ allows implicit references to the class instance
5071pointer @code{this} following the same rules as C++.
5072
5073@cindex call overloaded functions
5074@cindex type conversions in C++
e251e767 5075@item
b80282d5
RP
5076You can call overloaded functions; _GDBN__ will resolve the function
5077call to the right definition, with one restriction---you must use
5078arguments of the type required by the function that you want to call.
5079_GDBN__ will not perform conversions requiring constructors or
5080user-defined type operators.
5081
5082@cindex reference declarations
5083@item
5084_GDBN__ understands variables declared as C++ references; you can use them in
5085expressions just as you do in C++ source---they are automatically
e251e767 5086dereferenced.
b80282d5
RP
5087
5088In the parameter list shown when _GDBN__ displays a frame, the values of
5089reference variables are not displayed (unlike other variables); this
5090avoids clutter, since references are often used for large structures.
5091The @emph{address} of a reference variable is always shown, unless
1041a570 5092you have specified @samp{set print address off}.
b80282d5
RP
5093
5094@item
5095_GDBN__ supports the C++ name resolution operator @code{::}---your
c2bbbb22
RP
5096expressions can use it just as expressions in your program do. Since
5097one scope may be defined in another, you can use @code{::} repeatedly if
5098necessary, for example in an expression like
5099@samp{@var{scope1}::@var{scope2}::@var{name}}. _GDBN__ also allows
5100resolving name scope by reference to source files, in both C and C++
1041a570 5101debugging (@pxref{Variables, ,Program Variables}).
b80282d5
RP
5102@end enumerate
5103
c2bbbb22
RP
5104@node C Defaults, C Checks, Cplusplus expressions, C
5105@subsubsection C and C++ Defaults
5106@cindex C and C++ defaults
5107
e251e767
RP
5108If you allow _GDBN__ to set type and range checking automatically, they
5109both default to @code{off} whenever the working language changes to
5a2c1d85 5110C or C++. This happens regardless of whether you, or _GDBN__,
c2bbbb22
RP
5111selected the working language.
5112
5113If you allow _GDBN__ to set the language automatically, it sets the
5a2c1d85
RP
5114working language to C or C++ on entering code compiled from a source file
5115whose name ends with @file{.c}, @file{.C}, or @file{.cc}.
1041a570 5116@xref{Automatically, ,Having _GDBN__ infer the source language}, for
c2bbbb22
RP
5117further details.
5118
5119@node C Checks, Debugging C, C Defaults, C
5120@subsubsection C and C++ Type and Range Checks
5121@cindex C and C++ checks
5122
5123@quotation
5124@emph{Warning:} in this release, _GDBN__ does not yet perform type or
5125range checking.
5126@end quotation
5127@c FIXME remove warning when type/range checks added
5128
5129By default, when _GDBN__ parses C or C++ expressions, type checking
5130is not used. However, if you turn type checking on, _GDBN__ will
5131consider two variables type equivalent if:
5132
5133@itemize @bullet
5134@item
5135The two variables are structured and have the same structure, union, or
5136enumerated tag.
5137
e251e767 5138@item
c2bbbb22
RP
5139Two two variables have the same type name, or types that have been
5140declared equivalent through @code{typedef}.
5141
5142@ignore
5143@c leaving this out because neither J Gilmore nor R Pesch understand it.
5144@c FIXME--beers?
5145@item
5146The two @code{struct}, @code{union}, or @code{enum} variables are
5147declared in the same declaration. (Note: this may not be true for all C
5148compilers.)
5149@end ignore
c2bbbb22
RP
5150@end itemize
5151
5152Range checking, if turned on, is done on mathematical operations. Array
5153indices are not checked, since they are often used to index a pointer
5154that is not itself an array.
5155
5156@node Debugging C, Debugging C plus plus, C Checks, C
5157@subsubsection _GDBN__ and C
5158
5159The @code{set print union} and @code{show print union} commands apply to
5160the @code{union} type. When set to @samp{on}, any @code{union} that is
5161inside a @code{struct} or @code{class} will also be printed.
5162Otherwise, it will appear as @samp{@{...@}}.
5163
5164The @code{@@} operator aids in the debugging of dynamic arrays, formed
1041a570 5165with pointers and a memory allocation function. (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions})
c2bbbb22
RP
5166
5167@node Debugging C plus plus, , Debugging C, C
6f3ec223 5168@subsubsection _GDBN__ Features for C++
b80282d5
RP
5169
5170@cindex commands for C++
5171Some _GDBN__ commands are particularly useful with C++, and some are
5172designed specifically for use with C++. Here is a summary:
5173
5174@table @code
5175@cindex break in overloaded functions
5176@item @r{breakpoint menus}
5177When you want a breakpoint in a function whose name is overloaded,
5178_GDBN__'s breakpoint menus help you specify which function definition
5179you want. @xref{Breakpoint Menus}.
5180
5181@cindex overloading in C++
5182@item rbreak @var{regex}
5183Setting breakpoints using regular expressions is helpful for setting
5184breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special
e251e767 5185classes.
29a2b744 5186@xref{Set Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}.
b80282d5
RP
5187
5188@cindex C++ exception handling
5189@item catch @var{exceptions}
5190@itemx info catch
29a2b744 5191Debug C++ exception handling using these commands. @xref{Exception
1041a570 5192Handling, ,Breakpoints and Exceptions}.
b80282d5 5193
e251e767 5194@cindex inheritance
b80282d5
RP
5195@item ptype @var{typename}
5196Print inheritance relationships as well as other information for type
e251e767 5197@var{typename}.
1041a570 5198@xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}.
b80282d5
RP
5199
5200@cindex C++ symbol display
5201@item set print demangle
5202@itemx show print demangle
5203@itemx set print asm-demangle
5204@itemx show print asm-demangle
5205Control whether C++ symbols display in their source form, both when
5206displaying code as C++ source and when displaying disassemblies.
1041a570 5207@xref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.
b80282d5
RP
5208
5209@item set print object
5210@itemx show print object
e251e767 5211Choose whether to print derived (actual) or declared types of objects.
1041a570 5212@xref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.
b80282d5
RP
5213
5214@item set print vtbl
5215@itemx show print vtbl
5216Control the format for printing virtual function tables.
1041a570 5217@xref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.
6f3ec223
RP
5218
5219@item @r{Overloaded symbol names}
5220You can specify a particular definition of an overloaded symbol, using
5221the same notation that's used to declare such symbols in C++: type
5222@code{@var{symbol}(@var{types})} rather than just @var{symbol}. You can
5223also use _GDBN__'s command-line word completion facilities to list the
5224available choices, or to finish the type list for you.
5225@xref{Completion,, Command Completion}, for details on how to do this.
b80282d5
RP
5226@end table
5227
c2bbbb22
RP
5228@node Modula-2, , C, Support
5229@subsection Modula-2
5230@cindex Modula-2
5231
5232The extensions made to _GDBN__ to support Modula-2 support output
5233from the GNU Modula-2 compiler (which is currently being developed).
5234Other Modula-2 compilers are not currently supported, and attempting to
5235debug executables produced by them will most likely result in an error
5236as _GDBN__ reads in the executable's symbol table.
5237
5238@cindex expressions in Modula-2
5239@menu
5240* M2 Operators:: Built-in operators
29a2b744 5241* Built-In Func/Proc:: Built-in Functions and Procedures
c2bbbb22
RP
5242* M2 Constants:: Modula-2 Constants
5243* M2 Defaults:: Default settings for Modula-2
5244* Deviations:: Deviations from standard Modula-2
5245* M2 Checks:: Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
5246* M2 Scope:: The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
5247* GDB/M2:: _GDBN__ and Modula-2
5248@end menu
5249
29a2b744 5250@node M2 Operators, Built-In Func/Proc, Modula-2, Modula-2
c2bbbb22
RP
5251@subsubsection Operators
5252@cindex Modula-2 operators
5253
5254Operators must be defined on values of specific types. For instance,
5255@code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures. Operators are
5256often defined on groups of types. For the purposes of Modula-2, the
5257following definitions hold:
5258
5259@itemize @bullet
5260
5261@item
5262@emph{Integral types} consist of @code{INTEGER}, @code{CARDINAL}, and
5263their subranges.
5264
5265@item
5266@emph{Character types} consist of @code{CHAR} and its subranges.
5267
5268@item
5269@emph{Floating-point types} consist of @code{REAL}.
5270
5271@item
5272@emph{Pointer types} consist of anything declared as @code{POINTER TO
5273@var{type}}.
5274
5275@item
5276@emph{Scalar types} consist of all of the above.
5277
5278@item
5279@emph{Set types} consist of @code{SET}s and @code{BITSET}s.
5280
5281@item
5282@emph{Boolean types} consist of @code{BOOLEAN}.
c2bbbb22
RP
5283@end itemize
5284
5285@noindent
5286The following operators are supported, and appear in order of
5287increasing precedence:
5288
5289@table @code
c2bbbb22
RP
5290@item ,
5291Function argument or array index separator.
1041a570 5292_0__
c2bbbb22
RP
5293@item :=
5294Assignment. The value of @var{var} @code{:=} @var{value} is
5295@var{value}.
5296
5297@item <@r{, }>
5298Less than, greater than on integral, floating-point, or enumerated
5299types.
5300
5301@item <=@r{, }>=
5302Less than, greater than, less than or equal to, greater than or equal to
5303on integral, floating-point and enumerated types, or set inclusion on
5304set types. Same precedence as @code{<}.
5305
5306@item =@r{, }<>@r{, }#
5307Equality and two ways of expressing inequality, valid on scalar types.
5308Same precedence as @code{<}. In _GDBN__ scripts, only @code{<>} is
5309available for inequality, since @code{#} conflicts with the script
5310comment character.
5311
5312@item IN
5313Set membership. Defined on set types and the types of their members.
5314Same precedence as @code{<}.
5315
5316@item OR
5317Boolean disjunction. Defined on boolean types.
5318
5319@item AND@r{, }&
5320Boolean conjuction. Defined on boolean types.
5321
5322@item @@
1041a570 5323The _GDBN__ ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}).
c2bbbb22
RP
5324
5325@item +@r{, }-
5326Addition and subtraction on integral and floating-point types, or union
5327and difference on set types.
5328
5329@item *
5330Multiplication on integral and floating-point types, or set intersection
5331on set types.
5332
5333@item /
5334Division on floating-point types, or symmetric set difference on set
5335types. Same precedence as @code{*}.
5336
5337@item DIV@r{, }MOD
5338Integer division and remainder. Defined on integral types. Same
5339precedence as @code{*}.
5340
5341@item -
5342Negative. Defined on @code{INTEGER}s and @code{REAL}s.
5343
5344@item ^
e251e767 5345Pointer dereferencing. Defined on pointer types.
c2bbbb22
RP
5346
5347@item NOT
5348Boolean negation. Defined on boolean types. Same precedence as
5349@code{^}.
5350
5351@item .
5352@code{RECORD} field selector. Defined on @code{RECORD}s. Same
5353precedence as @code{^}.
5354
5355@item []
5356Array indexing. Defined on @code{ARRAY}s. Same precedence as @code{^}.
5357
5358@item ()
5359Procedure argument list. Defined on @code{PROCEDURE}s. Same precedence
5360as @code{^}.
5361
5362@item ::@r{, }.
5363_GDBN__ and Modula-2 scope operators.
c2bbbb22
RP
5364@end table
5365
5366@quotation
5367@emph{Warning:} Sets and their operations are not yet supported, so _GDBN__
5368will treat the use of the operator @code{IN}, or the use of operators
5369@code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{=}, , @code{<>}, @code{#},
5370@code{<=}, and @code{>=} on sets as an error.
5371@end quotation
5372_1__
29a2b744
RP
5373@cindex Modula-2 built-ins
5374@node Built-In Func/Proc, M2 Constants, M2 Operators, Modula-2
c2bbbb22
RP
5375@subsubsection Built-in Functions and Procedures
5376
5377Modula-2 also makes available several built-in procedures and functions.
5378In describing these, the following metavariables are used:
5379
5380@table @var
5381
5382@item a
5383represents an @code{ARRAY} variable.
5384
5385@item c
5386represents a @code{CHAR} constant or variable.
5387
5388@item i
5389represents a variable or constant of integral type.
5390
5391@item m
5392represents an identifier that belongs to a set. Generally used in the
5393same function with the metavariable @var{s}. The type of @var{s} should
5394be @code{SET OF @var{mtype}} (where @var{mtype} is the type of @var{m}.
5395
5396@item n
5397represents a variable or constant of integral or floating-point type.
5398
5399@item r
5400represents a variable or constant of floating-point type.
5401
5402@item t
5403represents a type.
5404
5405@item v
5406represents a variable.
5407
5408@item x
5409represents a variable or constant of one of many types. See the
5410explanation of the function for details.
c2bbbb22
RP
5411@end table
5412
5413All Modula-2 built-in procedures also return a result, described below.
5414
5415@table @code
5416@item ABS(@var{n})
5417Returns the absolute value of @var{n}.
5418
5419@item CAP(@var{c})
5420If @var{c} is a lower case letter, it returns its upper case
5421equivalent, otherwise it returns its argument
5422
5423@item CHR(@var{i})
5424Returns the character whose ordinal value is @var{i}.
5425
5426@item DEC(@var{v})
5427Decrements the value in the variable @var{v}. Returns the new value.
5428
5429@item DEC(@var{v},@var{i})
5430Decrements the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}. Returns the
5431new value.
5432
5433@item EXCL(@var{m},@var{s})
5434Removes the element @var{m} from the set @var{s}. Returns the new
5435set.
5436
5437@item FLOAT(@var{i})
5438Returns the floating point equivalent of the integer @var{i}.
5439
5440@item HIGH(@var{a})
5441Returns the index of the last member of @var{a}.
5442
5443@item INC(@var{v})
5444Increments the value in the variable @var{v}. Returns the new value.
5445
5446@item INC(@var{v},@var{i})
5447Increments the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}. Returns the
5448new value.
5449
5450@item INCL(@var{m},@var{s})
5451Adds the element @var{m} to the set @var{s} if it is not already
5452there. Returns the new set.
5453
5454@item MAX(@var{t})
5455Returns the maximum value of the type @var{t}.
5456
5457@item MIN(@var{t})
5458Returns the minimum value of the type @var{t}.
5459
5460@item ODD(@var{i})
5461Returns boolean TRUE if @var{i} is an odd number.
5462
5463@item ORD(@var{x})
5464Returns the ordinal value of its argument. For example, the ordinal
5465value of a character is its ASCII value (on machines supporting the
5466ASCII character set). @var{x} must be of an ordered type, which include
5467integral, character and enumerated types.
5468
5469@item SIZE(@var{x})
5470Returns the size of its argument. @var{x} can be a variable or a type.
5471
5472@item TRUNC(@var{r})
5473Returns the integral part of @var{r}.
5474
5475@item VAL(@var{t},@var{i})
5476Returns the member of the type @var{t} whose ordinal value is @var{i}.
5477@end table
5478
5479@quotation
5480@emph{Warning:} Sets and their operations are not yet supported, so
5481_GDBN__ will treat the use of procedures @code{INCL} and @code{EXCL} as
5482an error.
5483@end quotation
5484
5485@cindex Modula-2 constants
29a2b744 5486@node M2 Constants, M2 Defaults, Built-In Func/Proc, Modula-2
c2bbbb22
RP
5487@subsubsection Constants
5488
5489_GDBN__ allows you to express the constants of Modula-2 in the following
5490ways:
5491
5492@itemize @bullet
5493
5494@item
5495Integer constants are simply a sequence of digits. When used in an
5496expression, a constant is interpreted to be type-compatible with the
5497rest of the expression. Hexadecimal integers are specified by a
5498trailing @samp{H}, and octal integers by a trailing @samp{B}.
5499
5500@item
5501Floating point constants appear as a sequence of digits, followed by a
5502decimal point and another sequence of digits. An optional exponent can
5503then be specified, in the form @samp{E@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}, where
5504@samp{@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}} is the desired exponent. All of the
5505digits of the floating point constant must be valid decimal (base 10)
5506digits.
5507
5508@item
5509Character constants consist of a single character enclosed by a pair of
5510like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}). They may
5511also be expressed by their ordinal value (their ASCII value, usually)
5512followed by a @samp{C}.
5513
5514@item
1041a570
RP
5515String constants consist of a sequence of characters enclosed by a
5516pair of like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}).
5517Escape sequences in the style of C are also allowed. @xref{C
5518Constants, ,C and C++ Constants}, for a brief explanation of escape
5519sequences.
c2bbbb22
RP
5520
5521@item
5522Enumerated constants consist of an enumerated identifier.
5523
5524@item
5525Boolean constants consist of the identifiers @code{TRUE} and
5526@code{FALSE}.
5527
5528@item
5529Pointer constants consist of integral values only.
5530
5531@item
5532Set constants are not yet supported.
c2bbbb22
RP
5533@end itemize
5534
5535@node M2 Defaults, Deviations, M2 Constants, Modula-2
5536@subsubsection Modula-2 Defaults
5537@cindex Modula-2 defaults
5538
e251e767
RP
5539If type and range checking are set automatically by _GDBN__, they
5540both default to @code{on} whenever the working language changes to
c2bbbb22
RP
5541Modula-2. This happens regardless of whether you, or _GDBN__,
5542selected the working language.
5543
5544If you allow _GDBN__ to set the language automatically, then entering
5545code compiled from a file whose name ends with @file{.mod} will set the
1041a570 5546working language to Modula-2. @xref{Automatically, ,Having _GDBN__ set
c2bbbb22
RP
5547the language automatically}, for further details.
5548
5549@node Deviations, M2 Checks, M2 Defaults, Modula-2
5550@subsubsection Deviations from Standard Modula-2
5551@cindex Modula-2, deviations from
5552
5553A few changes have been made to make Modula-2 programs easier to debug.
5554This is done primarily via loosening its type strictness:
5555
5556@itemize @bullet
e251e767 5557@item
c2bbbb22
RP
5558Unlike in standard Modula-2, pointer constants can be formed by
5559integers. This allows you to modify pointer variables during
5560debugging. (In standard Modula-2, the actual address contained in a
5561pointer variable is hidden from you; it can only be modified
5562through direct assignment to another pointer variable or expression that
5563returned a pointer.)
5564
e251e767 5565@item
c2bbbb22
RP
5566C escape sequences can be used in strings and characters to represent
5567non-printable characters. _GDBN__ will print out strings with these
5568escape sequences embedded. Single non-printable characters are
5569printed using the @samp{CHR(@var{nnn})} format.
5570
5571@item
5572The assignment operator (@code{:=}) returns the value of its right-hand
5573argument.
5574
5575@item
29a2b744 5576All built-in procedures both modify @emph{and} return their argument.
e251e767 5577@end itemize
c2bbbb22
RP
5578
5579@node M2 Checks, M2 Scope, Deviations, Modula-2
5580@subsubsection Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
5581@cindex Modula-2 checks
5582
5583@quotation
5584@emph{Warning:} in this release, _GDBN__ does not yet perform type or
5585range checking.
5586@end quotation
5587@c FIXME remove warning when type/range checks added
5588
5589_GDBN__ considers two Modula-2 variables type equivalent if:
5590
5591@itemize @bullet
5592@item
5593They are of types that have been declared equivalent via a @code{TYPE
5594@var{t1} = @var{t2}} statement
5595
5596@item
5597They have been declared on the same line. (Note: This is true of the
5598GNU Modula-2 compiler, but it may not be true of other compilers.)
c2bbbb22
RP
5599@end itemize
5600
5601As long as type checking is enabled, any attempt to combine variables
5602whose types are not equivalent is an error.
5603
5604Range checking is done on all mathematical operations, assignment, array
29a2b744 5605index bounds, and all built-in functions and procedures.
c2bbbb22
RP
5606
5607@node M2 Scope, GDB/M2, M2 Checks, Modula-2
5608@subsubsection The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
5609@cindex scope
5610@kindex .
e94b4a2b 5611@cindex colon, doubled as scope operator
1041a570
RP
5612@ifinfo
5613@kindex colon-colon
5614@c Info cannot handoe :: but TeX can.
5615@end ifinfo
5616@iftex
c2bbbb22 5617@kindex ::
1041a570 5618@end iftex
c2bbbb22
RP
5619
5620There are a few subtle differences between the Modula-2 scope operator
5621(@code{.}) and the _GDBN__ scope operator (@code{::}). The two have
5622similar syntax:
5623
5624@example
5625
5626@var{module} . @var{id}
5627@var{scope} :: @var{id}
c2bbbb22
RP
5628@end example
5629
5630@noindent
5631where @var{scope} is the name of a module or a procedure,
29a2b744
RP
5632@var{module} the name of a module, and @var{id} is any declared
5633identifier within your program, except another module.
c2bbbb22
RP
5634
5635Using the @code{::} operator makes _GDBN__ search the scope
5636specified by @var{scope} for the identifier @var{id}. If it is not
5637found in the specified scope, then _GDBN__ will search all scopes
5638enclosing the one specified by @var{scope}.
5639
5640Using the @code{.} operator makes _GDBN__ search the current scope for
5641the identifier specified by @var{id} that was imported from the
5642definition module specified by @var{module}. With this operator, it is
5643an error if the identifier @var{id} was not imported from definition
5644module @var{module}, or if @var{id} is not an identifier in
5645@var{module}.
5646
5647@node GDB/M2, , M2 Scope, Modula-2
5648@subsubsection _GDBN__ and Modula-2
5649
5650Some _GDBN__ commands have little use when debugging Modula-2 programs.
5651Five subcommands of @code{set print} and @code{show print} apply
5652specifically to C and C++: @samp{vtbl}, @samp{demangle},
5653@samp{asm-demangle}, @samp{object}, and @samp{union}. The first four
5654apply to C++, and the last to C's @code{union} type, which has no direct
5655analogue in Modula-2.
5656
1041a570 5657The @code{@@} operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}), while available
c2bbbb22
RP
5658while using any language, is not useful with Modula-2. Its
5659intent is to aid the debugging of @dfn{dynamic arrays}, which cannot be
5660created in Modula-2 as they can in C or C++. However, because an
5661address can be specified by an integral constant, the construct
1041a570 5662@samp{@{@var{type}@}@var{adrexp}} is still useful. (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions})
c2bbbb22
RP
5663_0__
5664@cindex @code{#} in Modula-2
5665In _GDBN__ scripts, the Modula-2 inequality operator @code{#} is
5666interpreted as the beginning of a comment. Use @code{<>} instead.
5667_1__
c2bbbb22 5668@node Symbols, Altering, Languages, Top
70b88761
RP
5669@chapter Examining the Symbol Table
5670
5671The commands described in this section allow you to inquire about the
5672symbols (names of variables, functions and types) defined in your
5673program. This information is inherent in the text of your program and
29a2b744 5674does not change as your program executes. _GDBN__ finds it in your
e251e767 5675program's symbol table, in the file indicated when you started _GDBN__
1041a570
RP
5676(@pxref{File Options, ,Choosing Files}), or by one of the
5677file-management commands (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}).
70b88761 5678
6c380b13
RP
5679@c FIXME! This might be intentionally specific to C and C++; if so, move
5680@c to someplace in C section of lang chapter.
5681@cindex symbol names
5682@cindex names of symbols
5683@cindex quoting names
5684Occasionally, you may need to refer to symbols that contain unusual
5685characters, which _GDBN__ ordinarily treats as word delimiters. The
5686most frequent case is in referring to static variables in other
5687source files (@pxref{Variables,,Program Variables}). File names
5688are recorded in object files as debugging symbols, but _GDBN__ would
5689ordinarily parse a typical file name, like @file{foo.c}, as the three words
5690@samp{foo} @samp{.} @samp{c}. To allow _GDBN__ to recognize
5691@samp{foo.c} as a single symbol, enclose it in single quotes; for example,
5692
5693@example
5694p 'foo.c'::x
5695@end example
5696
5697@noindent
5698looks up the value of @code{x} in the scope of the file @file{foo.c}.
5699
70b88761
RP
5700@table @code
5701@item info address @var{symbol}
5702@kindex info address
5703Describe where the data for @var{symbol} is stored. For a register
5704variable, this says which register it is kept in. For a non-register
5705local variable, this prints the stack-frame offset at which the variable
5706is always stored.
5707
5708Note the contrast with @samp{print &@var{symbol}}, which does not work
5709at all for a register variables, and for a stack local variable prints
5710the exact address of the current instantiation of the variable.
5711
5712@item whatis @var{exp}
5713@kindex whatis
5714Print the data type of expression @var{exp}. @var{exp} is not
5715actually evaluated, and any side-effecting operations (such as
5716assignments or function calls) inside it do not take place.
1041a570 5717@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
70b88761
RP
5718
5719@item whatis
5720Print the data type of @code{$}, the last value in the value history.
5721
5722@item ptype @var{typename}
5723@kindex ptype
5724Print a description of data type @var{typename}. @var{typename} may be
5725the name of a type, or for C code it may have the form
5726@samp{struct @var{struct-tag}}, @samp{union @var{union-tag}} or
1041a570 5727@samp{enum @var{enum-tag}}.
70b88761
RP
5728
5729@item ptype @var{exp}
e0dacfd1 5730@itemx ptype
70b88761 5731Print a description of the type of expression @var{exp}. @code{ptype}
1041a570
RP
5732differs from @code{whatis} by printing a detailed description, instead
5733of just the name of the type. For example, if your program declares a
5734variable as
5735
70b88761
RP
5736@example
5737struct complex @{double real; double imag;@} v;
5738@end example
1041a570 5739
70b88761
RP
5740@noindent
5741compare the output of the two commands:
1041a570 5742
70b88761 5743@example
1041a570 5744@group
70b88761
RP
5745(_GDBP__) whatis v
5746type = struct complex
5747(_GDBP__) ptype v
5748type = struct complex @{
5749 double real;
5750 double imag;
5751@}
1041a570 5752@end group
70b88761 5753@end example
1041a570 5754
e0dacfd1
RP
5755@noindent
5756As with @code{whatis}, using @code{ptype} without an argument refers to
5757the type of @code{$}, the last value in the value history.
70b88761
RP
5758
5759@item info types @var{regexp}
5760@itemx info types
e251e767 5761@kindex info types
70b88761
RP
5762Print a brief description of all types whose name matches @var{regexp}
5763(or all types in your program, if you supply no argument). Each
5764complete typename is matched as though it were a complete line; thus,
5765@samp{i type value} gives information on all types in your program whose
5766name includes the string @code{value}, but @samp{i type ^value$} gives
5767information only on types whose complete name is @code{value}.
5768
5769This command differs from @code{ptype} in two ways: first, like
5770@code{whatis}, it does not print a detailed description; second, it
5771lists all source files where a type is defined.
5772
5773@item info source
5774@kindex info source
5775Show the name of the current source file---that is, the source file for
c2bbbb22
RP
5776the function containing the current point of execution---and the language
5777it was written in.
70b88761
RP
5778
5779@item info sources
5780@kindex info sources
29a2b744 5781Print the names of all source files in your program for which there is
b80282d5
RP
5782debugging information, organized into two lists: files whose symbols
5783have already been read, and files whose symbols will be read when needed.
70b88761
RP
5784
5785@item info functions
5786@kindex info functions
5787Print the names and data types of all defined functions.
5788
5789@item info functions @var{regexp}
5790Print the names and data types of all defined functions
5791whose names contain a match for regular expression @var{regexp}.
5792Thus, @samp{info fun step} finds all functions whose names
5793include @code{step}; @samp{info fun ^step} finds those whose names
5794start with @code{step}.
5795
5796@item info variables
5797@kindex info variables
5798Print the names and data types of all variables that are declared
5799outside of functions (i.e., excluding local variables).
5800
5801@item info variables @var{regexp}
5802Print the names and data types of all variables (except for local
5803variables) whose names contain a match for regular expression
5804@var{regexp}.
5805
70b88761
RP
5806@ignore
5807This was never implemented.
5808@item info methods
5809@itemx info methods @var{regexp}
5810@kindex info methods
5811The @code{info methods} command permits the user to examine all defined
5812methods within C++ program, or (with the @var{regexp} argument) a
5813specific set of methods found in the various C++ classes. Many
5814C++ classes provide a large number of methods. Thus, the output
5815from the @code{ptype} command can be overwhelming and hard to use. The
5816@code{info-methods} command filters the methods, printing only those
5817which match the regular-expression @var{regexp}.
5818@end ignore
5819
d48da190
RP
5820@item maint print symbols @var{filename}
5821@itemx maint print psymbols @var{filename}
5822@itemx maint print msymbols @var{filename}
5823@kindex maint print symbols
440d9834 5824@cindex symbol dump
d48da190 5825@kindex maint print psymbols
440d9834
RP
5826@cindex partial symbol dump
5827Write a dump of debugging symbol data into the file @var{filename}.
e0dacfd1 5828These commands are used to debug the _GDBN__ symbol-reading code. Only
d48da190
RP
5829symbols with debugging data are included. If you use @samp{maint print
5830symbols}, _GDBN__ includes all the symbols for which it has already
5831collected full details: that is, @var{filename} reflects symbols for
5832only those files whose symbols _GDBN__ has read. You can use the
5833command @code{info sources} to find out which files these are. If you
5834use @samp{maint print psymbols} instead, the dump shows information about
5835symbols that _GDBN__ only knows partially---that is, symbols defined in
5836files that _GDBN__ has skimmed, but not yet read completely. Finally,
5837@samp{maint print msymbols} dumps just the minimal symbol information
5838required for each object file from which _GDBN__ has read some symbols.
5839The description of @code{symbol-file} explains how _GDBN__ reads
5840symbols; both @code{info source} and @code{symbol-file} are described in
5841@ref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}.
70b88761
RP
5842@end table
5843
5844@node Altering, _GDBN__ Files, Symbols, Top
5845@chapter Altering Execution
5846
29a2b744 5847Once you think you have found an error in your program, you might want to
70b88761
RP
5848find out for certain whether correcting the apparent error would lead to
5849correct results in the rest of the run. You can find the answer by
5850experiment, using the _GDBN__ features for altering execution of the
5851program.
5852
5853For example, you can store new values into variables or memory
29a2b744 5854locations, give your program a signal, restart it at a different address,
70b88761
RP
5855or even return prematurely from a function to its caller.
5856
5857@menu
b80282d5
RP
5858* Assignment:: Assignment to Variables
5859* Jumping:: Continuing at a Different Address
29a2b744 5860* Signaling:: Giving your program a Signal
b80282d5
RP
5861* Returning:: Returning from a Function
5862* Calling:: Calling your Program's Functions
c338a2fd 5863* Patching:: Patching your Program
70b88761
RP
5864@end menu
5865
5866@node Assignment, Jumping, Altering, Altering
5867@section Assignment to Variables
5868
5869@cindex assignment
5870@cindex setting variables
5871To alter the value of a variable, evaluate an assignment expression.
1041a570 5872@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}. For example,
70b88761
RP
5873
5874@example
5875print x=4
5876@end example
5877
5878@noindent
1041a570
RP
5879stores the value 4 into the variable @code{x}, and then prints the
5880value of the assignment expression (which is 4). @xref{Languages,
5881,Using _GDBN__ with Different Languages}, for more information on
5882operators in supported languages.
70b88761 5883
70b88761
RP
5884@kindex set variable
5885@cindex variables, setting
5886If you are not interested in seeing the value of the assignment, use the
5887@code{set} command instead of the @code{print} command. @code{set} is
5888really the same as @code{print} except that the expression's value is not
1041a570 5889printed and is not put in the value history (@pxref{Value History, ,Value History}). The
70b88761
RP
5890expression is evaluated only for its effects.
5891
5892If the beginning of the argument string of the @code{set} command
5893appears identical to a @code{set} subcommand, use the @code{set
5894variable} command instead of just @code{set}. This command is identical
5895to @code{set} except for its lack of subcommands. For example, a
5896program might well have a variable @code{width}---which leads to
5897an error if we try to set a new value with just @samp{set width=13}, as
1041a570
RP
5898we might if @code{set width} did not happen to be a _GDBN__ command:
5899
70b88761
RP
5900@example
5901(_GDBP__) whatis width
5902type = double
5903(_GDBP__) p width
5904$4 = 13
5905(_GDBP__) set width=47
5906Invalid syntax in expression.
5907@end example
1041a570 5908
70b88761
RP
5909@noindent
5910The invalid expression, of course, is @samp{=47}. What we can do in
e251e767 5911order to actually set our program's variable @code{width} is
1041a570 5912
70b88761
RP
5913@example
5914(_GDBP__) set var width=47
5915@end example
5916
1041a570
RP
5917_GDBN__ allows more implicit conversions in assignments than C; you can
5918freely store an integer value into a pointer variable or vice versa,
5919and any structure can be converted to any other structure that is the
5920same length or shorter.
e251e767 5921@comment FIXME: how do structs align/pad in these conversions?
70b88761
RP
5922@comment /[email protected] 18dec1990
5923
5924To store values into arbitrary places in memory, use the @samp{@{@dots{}@}}
5925construct to generate a value of specified type at a specified address
1041a570 5926(@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). For example, @code{@{int@}0x83040} refers
70b88761
RP
5927to memory location @code{0x83040} as an integer (which implies a certain size
5928and representation in memory), and
5929
5930@example
5931set @{int@}0x83040 = 4
5932@end example
5933
5934@noindent
5935stores the value 4 into that memory location.
5936
5937@node Jumping, Signaling, Assignment, Altering
5938@section Continuing at a Different Address
5939
29a2b744 5940Ordinarily, when you continue your program, you do so at the place where
70b88761
RP
5941it stopped, with the @code{continue} command. You can instead continue at
5942an address of your own choosing, with the following commands:
5943
5944@table @code
5945@item jump @var{linespec}
5946@kindex jump
5947Resume execution at line @var{linespec}. Execution will stop
29a2b744
RP
5948immediately if there is a breakpoint there. @xref{List, ,Printing
5949Source Lines}, for a description of the different forms of
5950@var{linespec}.
70b88761
RP
5951
5952The @code{jump} command does not change the current stack frame, or
5953the stack pointer, or the contents of any memory location or any
5954register other than the program counter. If line @var{linespec} is in
5955a different function from the one currently executing, the results may
5956be bizarre if the two functions expect different patterns of arguments or
5957of local variables. For this reason, the @code{jump} command requests
5958confirmation if the specified line is not in the function currently
5959executing. However, even bizarre results are predictable if you are
29a2b744 5960well acquainted with the machine-language code of your program.
70b88761
RP
5961
5962@item jump *@var{address}
5963Resume execution at the instruction at address @var{address}.
5964@end table
5965
5966You can get much the same effect as the @code{jump} command by storing a
5967new value into the register @code{$pc}. The difference is that this
29a2b744 5968does not start your program running; it only changes the address where it
70b88761
RP
5969@emph{will} run when it is continued. For example,
5970
5971@example
5972set $pc = 0x485
5973@end example
5974
5975@noindent
5976causes the next @code{continue} command or stepping command to execute at
1041a570
RP
5977address @code{0x485}, rather than at the address where your program stopped.
5978@xref{Continuing and Stepping, ,Continuing and Stepping}.
70b88761
RP
5979
5980The most common occasion to use the @code{jump} command is to back up,
5981perhaps with more breakpoints set, over a portion of a program that has
5982already executed, in order to examine its execution in more detail.
5983
5984@node Signaling, Returning, Jumping, Altering
5985@c @group
29a2b744 5986@section Giving your program a Signal
70b88761
RP
5987
5988@table @code
5989@item signal @var{signalnum}
5990@kindex signal
29a2b744 5991Resume execution where your program stopped, but give it immediately the
70b88761
RP
5992signal number @var{signalnum}.
5993
5994Alternatively, if @var{signalnum} is zero, continue execution without
29a2b744 5995giving a signal. This is useful when your program stopped on account of
70b88761
RP
5996a signal and would ordinary see the signal when resumed with the
5997@code{continue} command; @samp{signal 0} causes it to resume without a
5998signal.
5999
6000@code{signal} does not repeat when you press @key{RET} a second time
6001after executing the command.
6002@end table
6003@c @end group
6004
6005@node Returning, Calling, Signaling, Altering
6006@section Returning from a Function
6007
6008@table @code
6009@item return
6010@itemx return @var{expression}
6011@cindex returning from a function
6012@kindex return
6013You can cancel execution of a function call with the @code{return}
6014command. If you give an
6015@var{expression} argument, its value is used as the function's return
e251e767 6016value.
70b88761
RP
6017@end table
6018
6019When you use @code{return}, _GDBN__ discards the selected stack frame
6020(and all frames within it). You can think of this as making the
6021discarded frame return prematurely. If you wish to specify a value to
6022be returned, give that value as the argument to @code{return}.
6023
29a2b744
RP
6024This pops the selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a
6025Frame}), and any other frames inside of it, leaving its caller as the
6026innermost remaining frame. That frame becomes selected. The
6027specified value is stored in the registers used for returning values
6028of functions.
70b88761
RP
6029
6030The @code{return} command does not resume execution; it leaves the
6031program stopped in the state that would exist if the function had just
1041a570
RP
6032returned. In contrast, the @code{finish} command (@pxref{Continuing
6033and Stepping, ,Continuing and Stepping}) resumes execution until the
6034selected stack frame returns naturally.
70b88761 6035
c338a2fd 6036@node Calling, Patching, Returning, Altering
70b88761
RP
6037@section Calling your Program's Functions
6038
6039@cindex calling functions
6040@kindex call
6041@table @code
6042@item call @var{expr}
6043Evaluate the expression @var{expr} without displaying @code{void}
6044returned values.
6045@end table
6046
6047You can use this variant of the @code{print} command if you want to
6048execute a function from your program, but without cluttering the output
6049with @code{void} returned values. The result is printed and saved in
6050the value history, if it is not void.
6051
c338a2fd
RP
6052@node Patching, , Calling, Altering
6053@section Patching your Program
6054@cindex patching binaries
6055@cindex writing into executables
6056@cindex writing into corefiles
1041a570 6057
c338a2fd
RP
6058By default, _GDBN__ opens the file containing your program's executable
6059code (or the corefile) read-only. This prevents accidental alterations
6060to machine code; but it also prevents you from intentionally patching
6061your program's binary.
6062
6063If you'd like to be able to patch the binary, you can specify that
6064explicitly with the @code{set write} command. For example, you might
6065want to turn on internal debugging flags, or even to make emergency
e251e767 6066repairs.
c338a2fd
RP
6067
6068@table @code
6069@item set write on
6070@itemx set write off
6071@kindex set write
6072If you specify @samp{set write on}, _GDBN__ will open executable and
6073core files for both reading and writing; if you specify @samp{set write
6074off} (the default), _GDBN__ will open them read-only.
6075
1041a570 6076If you have already loaded a file, you must load it
c338a2fd
RP
6077again (using the @code{exec-file} or @code{core-file} command) after
6078changing @code{set write}, for your new setting to take effect.
6079
6080@item show write
7d7ff5f6 6081@kindex show write
c338a2fd
RP
6082Display whether executable files and core files will be opened for
6083writing as well as reading.
c338a2fd
RP
6084@end table
6085
70b88761
RP
6086@node _GDBN__ Files, Targets, Altering, Top
6087@chapter _GDBN__'s Files
6088
1041a570
RP
6089_GDBN__ needs to know the file name of the program to be debugged, both in
6090order to read its symbol table and in order to start your program. To
6091debug a core dump of a previous run, _GDBN__ must be told the file name of
6092the core dump.
6093
70b88761 6094@menu
b80282d5
RP
6095* Files:: Commands to Specify Files
6096* Symbol Errors:: Errors Reading Symbol Files
70b88761
RP
6097@end menu
6098
6099@node Files, Symbol Errors, _GDBN__ Files, _GDBN__ Files
6100@section Commands to Specify Files
6101@cindex core dump file
6102@cindex symbol table
70b88761 6103
1041a570
RP
6104The usual way to specify executable and core dump file names is with
6105the command arguments given when you start _GDBN__, (@pxref{Invocation,
6106,Getting In and Out of _GDBN__}.
70b88761
RP
6107
6108Occasionally it is necessary to change to a different file during a
6109_GDBN__ session. Or you may run _GDBN__ and forget to specify the files you
6110want to use. In these situations the _GDBN__ commands to specify new files
6111are useful.
6112
6113@table @code
6114@item file @var{filename}
6115@cindex executable file
6116@kindex file
6117Use @var{filename} as the program to be debugged. It is read for its
6118symbols and for the contents of pure memory. It is also the program
6119executed when you use the @code{run} command. If you do not specify a
1041a570
RP
6120directory and the file is not found in _GDBN__'s working directory, _GDBN__
6121uses the environment variable @code{PATH} as a list of directories to
6122search, just as the shell does when looking for a program to run. You
6123can change the value of this variable, for both _GDBN__ and your program,
6124using the @code{path} command.
70b88761 6125
14d01801
RP
6126On systems with memory-mapped files, an auxiliary symbol table file
6127@file{@var{filename}.syms} may be available for @var{filename}. If it
6128is, _GDBN__ will map in the symbol table from
6129@file{@var{filename}.syms}, starting up more quickly. See the
95d5ceb9 6130descriptions of the options @samp{-mapped} and @samp{-readnow} (available
77b46d13
JG
6131on the command line, and with the commands @code{file}, @code{symbol-file},
6132or @code{add-symbol-file}), for more information.
14d01801 6133
e0dacfd1 6134@item file
70b88761
RP
6135@code{file} with no argument makes _GDBN__ discard any information it
6136has on both executable file and the symbol table.
6137
e0dacfd1 6138@item exec-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]}
70b88761
RP
6139@kindex exec-file
6140Specify that the program to be run (but not the symbol table) is found
6141in @var{filename}. _GDBN__ will search the environment variable @code{PATH}
29a2b744 6142if necessary to locate your program. Omitting @var{filename} means to
e0dacfd1 6143discard information on the executable file.
70b88761 6144
e0dacfd1 6145@item symbol-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]}
70b88761
RP
6146@kindex symbol-file
6147Read symbol table information from file @var{filename}. @code{PATH} is
6148searched when necessary. Use the @code{file} command to get both symbol
6149table and program to run from the same file.
6150
6151@code{symbol-file} with no argument clears out _GDBN__'s information on your
6152program's symbol table.
6153
6154The @code{symbol-file} command causes _GDBN__ to forget the contents of its
6155convenience variables, the value history, and all breakpoints and
6156auto-display expressions. This is because they may contain pointers to
6157the internal data recording symbols and data types, which are part of
6158the old symbol table data being discarded inside _GDBN__.
6159
6160@code{symbol-file} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after
6161executing it once.
6162
14d01801
RP
6163When _GDBN__ is configured for a particular environment, it will
6164understand debugging information in whatever format is the standard
6165generated for that environment; you may use either a GNU compiler, or
6166other compilers that adhere to the local conventions. Best results are
6167usually obtained from GNU compilers; for example, using @code{_GCC__}
6168you can generate debugging information for optimized code.
6169
70b88761 6170On some kinds of object files, the @code{symbol-file} command does not
14d01801 6171normally read the symbol table in full right away. Instead, it scans
70b88761
RP
6172the symbol table quickly to find which source files and which symbols
6173are present. The details are read later, one source file at a time,
1041a570 6174as they are needed.
70b88761
RP
6175
6176The purpose of this two-stage reading strategy is to make _GDBN__ start up
1041a570
RP
6177faster. For the most part, it is invisible except for occasional
6178pauses while the symbol table details for a particular source file are
6179being read. (The @code{set verbose} command can turn these pauses
6180into messages if desired. @xref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings
6181and Messages}.)
70b88761
RP
6182
6183When the symbol table is stored in COFF format, @code{symbol-file} does
1041a570 6184read the symbol table data in full right away. We have not implemented
70b88761
RP
6185the two-stage strategy for COFF yet.
6186
95d5ceb9
RP
6187@item symbol-file @var{filename} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]}
6188@itemx file @var{filename} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]}
14d01801
RP
6189@kindex readnow
6190@cindex reading symbols immediately
6191@cindex symbols, reading immediately
6192@kindex mapped
6193@cindex memory-mapped symbol file
38962738 6194@cindex saving symbol table
14d01801 6195You can override the _GDBN__ two-stage strategy for reading symbol
95d5ceb9 6196tables by using the @samp{-readnow} option with any of the commands that
14d01801
RP
6197load symbol table information, if you want to be sure _GDBN__ has the
6198entire symbol table available.
6199
6200If memory-mapped files are available on your system through the
95d5ceb9 6201@code{mmap} system call, you can use another option, @samp{-mapped}, to
77b46d13
JG
6202cause _GDBN__ to write the symbols for your program into a reusable
6203file. Future _GDBN__ debugging sessions will map in symbol information
6204from this auxiliary symbol file (if the program hasn't changed), rather
6205than spending time reading the symbol table from the executable
6206program. Using the @samp{-mapped} option has the same effect as
6207starting _GDBN__ with the @samp{-mapped} command-line option.
14d01801 6208
95d5ceb9 6209You can use both options together, to make sure the auxiliary symbol
14d01801
RP
6210file has all the symbol information for your program.
6211
77b46d13
JG
6212The @code{.syms} file is specific to the host machine on which GDB is run.
6213It holds an exact image of GDB's internal symbol table. It cannot be
6214shared across multiple host platforms.
6215
14d01801
RP
6216The auxiliary symbol file for a program called @var{myprog} is called
6217@samp{@var{myprog}.syms}. Once this file exists (so long as it is newer
6218than the corresponding executable), _GDBN__ will always attempt to use
6219it when you debug @var{myprog}; no special options or commands are
6220needed.
6221@c FIXME: for now no mention of directories, since this seems to be in
6222@c flux. 13mar1992 status is that in theory GDB would look either in
6223@c current dir or in same dir as myprog; but issues like competing
6224@c GDB's, or clutter in system dirs, mean that in practice right now
6225@c only current dir is used. FFish says maybe a special GDB hierarchy
6226@c (eg rooted in val of env var GDBSYMS) could exist for mappable symbol
6227@c files.
70b88761 6228
e0dacfd1 6229@item core-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]}
70b88761
RP
6230@kindex core
6231@kindex core-file
6232Specify the whereabouts of a core dump file to be used as the ``contents
6233of memory''. Traditionally, core files contain only some parts of the
6234address space of the process that generated them; _GDBN__ can access the
6235executable file itself for other parts.
6236
6237@code{core-file} with no argument specifies that no core file is
6238to be used.
6239
6240Note that the core file is ignored when your program is actually running
29a2b744 6241under _GDBN__. So, if you have been running your program and you wish to
70b88761
RP
6242debug a core file instead, you must kill the subprocess in which the
6243program is running. To do this, use the @code{kill} command
1041a570 6244(@pxref{Kill Process, ,Killing the Child Process}).
70b88761
RP
6245
6246@item load @var{filename}
6247@kindex load
6248_if__(_GENERIC__)
6249Depending on what remote debugging facilities are configured into
6250_GDBN__, the @code{load} command may be available. Where it exists, it
6251is meant to make @var{filename} (an executable) available for debugging
6252on the remote system---by downloading, or dynamic linking, for example.
6253@code{load} also records @var{filename}'s symbol table in _GDBN__, like
6254the @code{add-symbol-file} command.
6255
6256If @code{load} is not available on your _GDBN__, attempting to execute
6257it gets the error message ``@code{You can't do that when your target is
e251e767 6258@dots{}}''
70b88761
RP
6259_fi__(_GENERIC__)
6260
e251e767 6261_if__(_VXWORKS__)
70b88761
RP
6262On VxWorks, @code{load} will dynamically link @var{filename} on the
6263current target system as well as adding its symbols in _GDBN__.
6264_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
6265
6266_if__(_I960__)
6267@cindex download to Nindy-960
6268With the Nindy interface to an Intel 960 board, @code{load} will
6269download @var{filename} to the 960 as well as adding its symbols in
e251e767 6270_GDBN__.
70b88761
RP
6271_fi__(_I960__)
6272
c7cb8acb
RP
6273_if__(_H8__)
6274@cindex download to H8/300
6275@cindex H8/300 download
6276When you select remote debugging to a Hitachi H8/300 board (@pxref{Hitachi
6277H8/300 Remote,,_GDBN__ and the Hitachi H8/300}), the
6278@code{load} command downloads your program to the H8/300 and also opens
6279it as the current executable target for _GDBN__ on your host (like the
6280@code{file} command).
6281_fi__(_H8__)
6282
70b88761
RP
6283@code{load} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it.
6284
6285@item add-symbol-file @var{filename} @var{address}
95d5ceb9 6286@itemx add-symbol-file @var{filename} @var{address} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]}
70b88761
RP
6287@kindex add-symbol-file
6288@cindex dynamic linking
6289The @code{add-symbol-file} command reads additional symbol table information
b80282d5 6290from the file @var{filename}. You would use this command when @var{filename}
70b88761
RP
6291has been dynamically loaded (by some other means) into the program that
6292is running. @var{address} should be the memory address at which the
6293file has been loaded; _GDBN__ cannot figure this out for itself.
6294
6295The symbol table of the file @var{filename} is added to the symbol table
6296originally read with the @code{symbol-file} command. You can use the
6297@code{add-symbol-file} command any number of times; the new symbol data thus
6298read keeps adding to the old. To discard all old symbol data instead,
e251e767 6299use the @code{symbol-file} command.
70b88761
RP
6300
6301@code{add-symbol-file} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it.
6302
95d5ceb9
RP
6303You can use the @samp{-mapped} and @samp{-readnow} options just as with
6304the @code{symbol-file} command, to change how _GDBN__ manages the symbol
6305tabl einformation for @var{filename}.
6306
70b88761
RP
6307@item info files
6308@itemx info target
6309@kindex info files
6310@kindex info target
1041a570
RP
6311@code{info files} and @code{info target} are synonymous; both print
6312the current targets (@pxref{Targets, ,Specifying a Debugging Target}),
6313including the names of the executable and core dump files currently in
6314use by _GDBN__, and the files from which symbols were loaded. The command
6315@code{help targets} lists all possible targets rather than current
6316ones.
70b88761
RP
6317
6318@end table
6319
6320All file-specifying commands allow both absolute and relative file names
6321as arguments. _GDBN__ always converts the file name to an absolute path
6322name and remembers it that way.
6323
70b88761
RP
6324@cindex shared libraries
6325
77b46d13
JG
6326_GDBN__ supports SunOS, SVR4, and IBM RS/6000 shared libraries.
6327_GDBN__ automatically loads symbol definitions from shared libraries
6328when you use the @code{run} command, or when you examine a core file.
6329(Before you issue the @code{run} command, _GDBN__ will not understand
6330references to a function in a shared library, however---unless you are
6331debugging a core file).
c338a2fd 6332@c FIXME: next _GDBN__ release should permit some refs to undef
1041a570 6333@c FIXME...symbols---eg in a break cmd---assuming they are from a shared lib
70b88761
RP
6334
6335@table @code
70b88761
RP
6336@item info share
6337@itemx info sharedlibrary
6338@kindex info sharedlibrary
6339@kindex info share
c338a2fd 6340Print the names of the shared libraries which are currently loaded.
70b88761 6341
c338a2fd
RP
6342@item sharedlibrary @var{regex}
6343@itemx share @var{regex}
6344@kindex sharedlibrary
6345@kindex share
6346This is an obsolescent command; you can use it to explicitly
6347load shared object library symbols for files matching a UNIX regular
6348expression, but as with files loaded automatically, it will only load
6349shared libraries required by your program for a core file or after
6350typing @code{run}. If @var{regex} is omitted all shared libraries
6351required by your program are loaded.
6352@end table
70b88761
RP
6353
6354@node Symbol Errors, , Files, _GDBN__ Files
6355@section Errors Reading Symbol Files
1041a570
RP
6356
6357While reading a symbol file, _GDBN__ will occasionally encounter problems,
6358such as symbol types it does not recognize, or known bugs in compiler
6359output. By default, _GDBN__ does not notify you of such problems, since
6360they are relatively common and primarily of interest to people
6361debugging compilers. If you are interested in seeing information
b80282d5
RP
6362about ill-constructed symbol tables, you can either ask _GDBN__ to print
6363only one message about each such type of problem, no matter how many
6364times the problem occurs; or you can ask _GDBN__ to print more messages,
1041a570
RP
6365to see how many times the problems occur, with the @code{set
6366complaints} command (@pxref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings and
6367Messages}).
70b88761
RP
6368
6369The messages currently printed, and their meanings, are:
6370
6371@table @code
6372@item inner block not inside outer block in @var{symbol}
6373
6374The symbol information shows where symbol scopes begin and end
6375(such as at the start of a function or a block of statements). This
6376error indicates that an inner scope block is not fully contained
e251e767 6377in its outer scope blocks.
70b88761
RP
6378
6379_GDBN__ circumvents the problem by treating the inner block as if it had
6380the same scope as the outer block. In the error message, @var{symbol}
6381may be shown as ``@code{(don't know)}'' if the outer block is not a
6382function.
6383
6384@item block at @var{address} out of order
6385
e251e767 6386The symbol information for symbol scope blocks should occur in
70b88761 6387order of increasing addresses. This error indicates that it does not
e251e767 6388do so.
70b88761
RP
6389
6390_GDBN__ does not circumvent this problem, and will have trouble locating
6391symbols in the source file whose symbols being read. (You can often
6392determine what source file is affected by specifying @code{set verbose
29a2b744 6393on}. @xref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings and Messages}.)
70b88761
RP
6394
6395@item bad block start address patched
6396
6397The symbol information for a symbol scope block has a start address
6398smaller than the address of the preceding source line. This is known
e251e767 6399to occur in the SunOS 4.1.1 (and earlier) C compiler.
70b88761
RP
6400
6401_GDBN__ circumvents the problem by treating the symbol scope block as
6402starting on the previous source line.
6403
70b88761
RP
6404@item bad string table offset in symbol @var{n}
6405
6406@cindex foo
6407Symbol number @var{n} contains a pointer into the string table which is
e251e767 6408larger than the size of the string table.
70b88761
RP
6409
6410_GDBN__ circumvents the problem by considering the symbol to have the
6411name @code{foo}, which may cause other problems if many symbols end up
6412with this name.
6413
6414@item unknown symbol type @code{0x@var{nn}}
6415
6416The symbol information contains new data types that _GDBN__ does not yet
6417know how to read. @code{0x@var{nn}} is the symbol type of the misunderstood
e251e767 6418information, in hexadecimal.
70b88761
RP
6419
6420_GDBN__ circumvents the error by ignoring this symbol information. This
29a2b744 6421will usually allow your program to be debugged, though certain symbols
70b88761
RP
6422will not be accessible. If you encounter such a problem and feel like
6423debugging it, you can debug @code{_GDBP__} with itself, breakpoint on
6424@code{complain}, then go up to the function @code{read_dbx_symtab} and
6425examine @code{*bufp} to see the symbol.
6426
6427@item stub type has NULL name
e251e767 6428_GDBN__ could not find the full definition for a struct or class.
70b88761 6429
440d9834 6430@item const/volatile indicator missing (ok if using g++ v1.x), got@dots{}
70b88761
RP
6431
6432The symbol information for a C++ member function is missing some
440d9834
RP
6433information that recent versions of the compiler should have output
6434for it.
70b88761 6435
440d9834 6436@item info mismatch between compiler and debugger
70b88761 6437
440d9834 6438_GDBN__ could not parse a type specification output by the compiler.
70b88761
RP
6439@end table
6440
6441@node Targets, Controlling _GDBN__, _GDBN__ Files, Top
e251e767 6442@chapter Specifying a Debugging Target
70b88761
RP
6443@cindex debugging target
6444@kindex target
1041a570 6445
cedaf8bc 6446A @dfn{target} is the execution environment occupied by your program.
1041a570
RP
6447Often, _GDBN__ runs in the same host environment as your program; in
6448that case, the debugging target is specified as a side effect when you
6449use the @code{file} or @code{core} commands. When you need more
6450flexibility---for example, running _GDBN__ on a physically separate
6451host, or controlling a standalone system over a serial port or a
6452realtime system over a TCP/IP connection---you can use the @code{target}
6453command to specify one of the target types configured for _GDBN__
6454(@pxref{Target Commands, ,Commands for Managing Targets}).
70b88761
RP
6455
6456@menu
b80282d5
RP
6457* Active Targets:: Active Targets
6458* Target Commands:: Commands for Managing Targets
6459* Remote:: Remote Debugging
70b88761
RP
6460@end menu
6461
6462@node Active Targets, Target Commands, Targets, Targets
6463@section Active Targets
6464@cindex stacking targets
6465@cindex active targets
6466@cindex multiple targets
6467
cedaf8bc
RP
6468There are three classes of targets: processes, core files, and
6469executable files. _GDBN__ can work concurrently on up to three active
6470targets, one in each class. This allows you to (for example) start a
6471process and inspect its activity without abandoning your work on a core
6472file.
70b88761 6473
cedaf8bc
RP
6474If, for example, you execute @samp{gdb a.out}, then the executable file
6475@code{a.out} is the only active target. If you designate a core file as
6476well---presumably from a prior run that crashed and coredumped---then
6477_GDBN__ has two active targets and will use them in tandem, looking
6478first in the corefile target, then in the executable file, to satisfy
6479requests for memory addresses. (Typically, these two classes of target
29a2b744 6480are complementary, since core files contain only a program's
cedaf8bc
RP
6481read-write memory---variables and so on---plus machine status, while
6482executable files contain only the program text and initialized data.)
6483
6484When you type @code{run}, your executable file becomes an active process
6485target as well. When a process target is active, all _GDBN__ commands
6486requesting memory addresses refer to that target; addresses in an active
6487core file or executable file target are obscured while the process
6488target is active.
6489
1041a570
RP
6490Use the @code{core-file} and @code{exec-file} commands to select a
6491new core file or executable target (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify
6492Files}). To specify as a target a process that is already running, use
6493the @code{attach} command (@pxref{Attach, ,Debugging an
6494Already-Running Process}.).
70b88761
RP
6495
6496@node Target Commands, Remote, Active Targets, Targets
6497@section Commands for Managing Targets
6498
6499@table @code
6500@item target @var{type} @var{parameters}
6501Connects the _GDBN__ host environment to a target machine or process. A
6502target is typically a protocol for talking to debugging facilities. You
6503use the argument @var{type} to specify the type or protocol of the
6504target machine.
6505
6506Further @var{parameters} are interpreted by the target protocol, but
6507typically include things like device names or host names to connect
e251e767 6508with, process numbers, and baud rates.
70b88761
RP
6509
6510The @code{target} command will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again
6511after executing the command.
6512
6513@item help target
6514@kindex help target
6515Displays the names of all targets available. To display targets
6516currently selected, use either @code{info target} or @code{info files}
29a2b744 6517(@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}).
70b88761
RP
6518
6519@item help target @var{name}
6520Describe a particular target, including any parameters necessary to
6521select it.
6522@end table
6523
c7cb8acb 6524Here are some common targets (available, or not, depending on the GDB
70b88761
RP
6525configuration):
6526
6527@table @code
6528@item target exec @var{prog}
6529@kindex target exec
6530An executable file. @samp{target exec @var{prog}} is the same as
6531@samp{exec-file @var{prog}}.
6532
6533@item target core @var{filename}
6534@kindex target core
6535A core dump file. @samp{target core @var{filename}} is the same as
6536@samp{core-file @var{filename}}.
6537
6538@item target remote @var{dev}
6539@kindex target remote
c7cb8acb 6540Remote serial target in GDB-specific protocol. The argument @var{dev}
70b88761 6541specifies what serial device to use for the connection (e.g.
1041a570 6542@file{/dev/ttya}). @xref{Remote, ,Remote Debugging}.
70b88761
RP
6543
6544_if__(_AMD29K__)
6545@item target amd-eb @var{dev} @var{speed} @var{PROG}
6546@kindex target amd-eb
6547@cindex AMD EB29K
6548Remote PC-resident AMD EB29K board, attached over serial lines.
6549@var{dev} is the serial device, as for @code{target remote};
6550@var{speed} allows you to specify the linespeed; and @var{PROG} is the
6551name of the program to be debugged, as it appears to DOS on the PC.
1041a570 6552@xref{EB29K Remote, ,GDB with a Remote EB29K}.
70b88761
RP
6553
6554_fi__(_AMD29K__)
c7cb8acb
RP
6555_if__(_H8__)
6556@item target hms
6557@kindex target hms
6558A Hitachi H8/300 board, attached via serial line to your host. Use
6559special commands @code{device} and @code{speed} to control the serial
6560line and the communications speed used. @xref{Hitachi H8/300
6561Remote,,_GDBN__ and the Hitachi H8/300}.
6562
6563_fi__(_H8__)
70b88761
RP
6564_if__(_I960__)
6565@item target nindy @var{devicename}
6566@kindex target nindy
6567An Intel 960 board controlled by a Nindy Monitor. @var{devicename} is
6568the name of the serial device to use for the connection, e.g.
1041a570 6569@file{/dev/ttya}. @xref{i960-Nindy Remote, ,_GDBN__ with a Remote i960 (Nindy)}.
70b88761
RP
6570
6571_fi__(_I960__)
6572_if__(_VXWORKS__)
6573@item target vxworks @var{machinename}
6574@kindex target vxworks
6575A VxWorks system, attached via TCP/IP. The argument @var{machinename}
6576is the target system's machine name or IP address.
1041a570 6577@xref{VxWorks Remote, ,_GDBN__ and VxWorks}.
70b88761
RP
6578_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
6579@end table
6580
6581_if__(_GENERIC__)
6582Different targets are available on different configurations of _GDBN__; your
6583configuration may have more or fewer targets.
6584_fi__(_GENERIC__)
6585
6586@node Remote, , Target Commands, Targets
6587@section Remote Debugging
6588@cindex remote debugging
6589
29a2b744 6590If you are trying to debug a program running on a machine that cannot run
c7cb8acb 6591GDB in the usual way, it is often useful to use remote debugging. For
70b88761
RP
6592example, you might use remote debugging on an operating system kernel, or on
6593a small system which does not have a general purpose operating system
e251e767 6594powerful enough to run a full-featured debugger.
70b88761 6595
c7cb8acb 6596Some configurations of GDB have special serial or TCP/IP interfaces
70b88761 6597to make this work with particular debugging targets. In addition,
c7cb8acb 6598GDB comes with a generic serial protocol (specific to GDB, but
70b88761
RP
6599not specific to any particular target system) which you can use if you
6600write the remote stubs---the code that will run on the remote system to
c7cb8acb 6601communicate with GDB.
70b88761 6602
c7cb8acb 6603To use the GDB remote serial protocol, the program to be debugged on
70b88761 6604the remote machine needs to contain a debugging stub which talks to
c7cb8acb
RP
6605GDB over the serial line. Several working remote stubs are
6606distributed with GDB; see the @file{README} file in the GDB
70b88761
RP
6607distribution for more information.
6608
6609For details of this communication protocol, see the comments in the
c7cb8acb 6610GDB source file @file{remote.c}.
70b88761 6611
c7cb8acb
RP
6612To start remote debugging, first run GDB and specify as an executable file
6613the program that is running in the remote machine. This tells GDB how
29a2b744 6614to find your program's symbols and the contents of its pure text. Then
70b88761
RP
6615establish communication using the @code{target remote} command with a device
6616name as an argument. For example:
6617
6618@example
6619target remote /dev/ttyb
6620@end example
6621
6622@noindent
6623if the serial line is connected to the device named @file{/dev/ttyb}. This
6624will stop the remote machine if it is not already stopped.
6625
6626Now you can use all the usual commands to examine and change data and to
6627step and continue the remote program.
6628
6629To resume the remote program and stop debugging it, use the @code{detach}
6630command.
6631
d8a68b28
JG
6632@kindex set remotedebug
6633@kindex show remotedebug
6a8cb0e7
RP
6634@cindex packets, reporting on stdout
6635@cindex serial connections, debugging
6636If you have trouble with the serial connection, you can use the command
6637@code{set remotedebug}. This makes _GDBN__ report on all packets sent
6638back and forth across the serial line to the remote machine. The
6639packet-debugging information is printed on the _GDBN__ standard output
6640stream. @code{set remotedebug off} turns it off, and @code{show
6641remotedebug} will show you its current state.
d8a68b28 6642
70b88761 6643Other remote targets may be available in your
c7cb8acb 6644configuration of GDB; use @code{help targets} to list them.
70b88761
RP
6645
6646_if__(_GENERIC__)
1041a570
RP
6647_dnl__ Text on starting up GDB in various specific cases; it goes up front
6648_dnl__ in manuals configured for any of those particular situations, here
6649_dnl__ otherwise.
6650@menu
6651_include__(gdbinv-m.m4)<>_dnl__
6652@end menu
70b88761
RP
6653_include__(gdbinv-s.m4)
6654_fi__(_GENERIC__)
6655
6656@node Controlling _GDBN__, Sequences, Targets, Top
6657@chapter Controlling _GDBN__
6658
6659You can alter many aspects of _GDBN__'s interaction with you by using
6660the @code{set} command. For commands controlling how _GDBN__ displays
1041a570 6661data, @pxref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}; other settings are described here.
70b88761
RP
6662
6663@menu
b80282d5
RP
6664* Prompt:: Prompt
6665* Editing:: Command Editing
6666* History:: Command History
6667* Screen Size:: Screen Size
6668* Numbers:: Numbers
6669* Messages/Warnings:: Optional Warnings and Messages
70b88761
RP
6670@end menu
6671
6672@node Prompt, Editing, Controlling _GDBN__, Controlling _GDBN__
6673@section Prompt
6674@cindex prompt
1041a570 6675
70b88761
RP
6676_GDBN__ indicates its readiness to read a command by printing a string
6677called the @dfn{prompt}. This string is normally @samp{(_GDBP__)}. You
6678can change the prompt string with the @code{set prompt} command. For
6679instance, when debugging _GDBN__ with _GDBN__, it is useful to change
6680the prompt in one of the _GDBN__<>s so that you can always tell which
6681one you are talking to.
6682
6683@table @code
6684@item set prompt @var{newprompt}
6685@kindex set prompt
6686Directs _GDBN__ to use @var{newprompt} as its prompt string henceforth.
6687@kindex show prompt
6688@item show prompt
6689Prints a line of the form: @samp{Gdb's prompt is: @var{your-prompt}}
6690@end table
6691
6692@node Editing, History, Prompt, Controlling _GDBN__
6693@section Command Editing
6694@cindex readline
6695@cindex command line editing
1041a570 6696
70b88761
RP
6697_GDBN__ reads its input commands via the @dfn{readline} interface. This
6698GNU library provides consistent behavior for programs which provide a
6699command line interface to the user. Advantages are @code{emacs}-style
6700or @code{vi}-style inline editing of commands, @code{csh}-like history
6701substitution, and a storage and recall of command history across
6702debugging sessions.
6703
6704You may control the behavior of command line editing in _GDBN__ with the
e251e767 6705command @code{set}.
70b88761
RP
6706
6707@table @code
6708@kindex set editing
6709@cindex editing
6710@item set editing
6711@itemx set editing on
6712Enable command line editing (enabled by default).
6713
6714@item set editing off
6715Disable command line editing.
6716
6717@kindex show editing
6718@item show editing
6719Show whether command line editing is enabled.
6720@end table
6721
6722@node History, Screen Size, Editing, Controlling _GDBN__
6723@section Command History
1041a570 6724
70b88761
RP
6725@table @code
6726@cindex history substitution
6727@cindex history file
6728@kindex set history filename
6729@item set history filename @var{fname}
6730Set the name of the _GDBN__ command history file to @var{fname}. This is
6731the file from which _GDBN__ will read an initial command history
6732list or to which it will write this list when it exits. This list is
6733accessed through history expansion or through the history
6734command editing characters listed below. This file defaults to the
6735value of the environment variable @code{GDBHISTFILE}, or to
6736@file{./.gdb_history} if this variable is not set.
6737
6738@cindex history save
6739@kindex set history save
6740@item set history save
6741@itemx set history save on
6742Record command history in a file, whose name may be specified with the
6743@code{set history filename} command. By default, this option is disabled.
6744
6745@item set history save off
6746Stop recording command history in a file.
6747
6748@cindex history size
6749@kindex set history size
6750@item set history size @var{size}
6751Set the number of commands which _GDBN__ will keep in its history list.
6752This defaults to the value of the environment variable
6753@code{HISTSIZE}, or to 256 if this variable is not set.
6754@end table
6755
6756@cindex history expansion
6757History expansion assigns special meaning to the character @kbd{!}.
6758@iftex
1041a570 6759@xref{Event Designators}.
70b88761
RP
6760@end iftex
6761Since @kbd{!} is also the logical not operator in C, history expansion
6762is off by default. If you decide to enable history expansion with the
6763@code{set history expansion on} command, you may sometimes need to
6764follow @kbd{!} (when it is used as logical not, in an expression) with
6765a space or a tab to prevent it from being expanded. The readline
6766history facilities will not attempt substitution on the strings
6767@kbd{!=} and @kbd{!(}, even when history expansion is enabled.
6768
6769The commands to control history expansion are:
6770
6771@table @code
6772
6773@kindex set history expansion
6774@item set history expansion on
6775@itemx set history expansion
6776Enable history expansion. History expansion is off by default.
6777
6778@item set history expansion off
6779Disable history expansion.
6780
6781The readline code comes with more complete documentation of
6782editing and history expansion features. Users unfamiliar with @code{emacs}
e251e767 6783or @code{vi} may wish to read it.
70b88761
RP
6784@iftex
6785@xref{Command Line Editing}.
6786@end iftex
6787
6788@c @group
6789@kindex show history
6790@item show history
6791@itemx show history filename
6792@itemx show history save
6793@itemx show history size
6794@itemx show history expansion
6795These commands display the state of the _GDBN__ history parameters.
6796@code{show history} by itself displays all four states.
6797@c @end group
70b88761
RP
6798@end table
6799
6800@table @code
6801@kindex show commands
6802@item show commands
6803Display the last ten commands in the command history.
6804
6805@item show commands @var{n}
6806Print ten commands centered on command number @var{n}.
6807
6808@item show commands +
6809Print ten commands just after the commands last printed.
70b88761
RP
6810@end table
6811
6812@node Screen Size, Numbers, History, Controlling _GDBN__
6813@section Screen Size
6814@cindex size of screen
6815@cindex pauses in output
1041a570 6816
70b88761
RP
6817Certain commands to _GDBN__ may produce large amounts of information
6818output to the screen. To help you read all of it, _GDBN__ pauses and
6819asks you for input at the end of each page of output. Type @key{RET}
6820when you want to continue the output. _GDBN__ also uses the screen
6821width setting to determine when to wrap lines of output. Depending on
6822what is being printed, it tries to break the line at a readable place,
6823rather than simply letting it overflow onto the following line.
6824
6825Normally _GDBN__ knows the size of the screen from the termcap data base
6826together with the value of the @code{TERM} environment variable and the
6827@code{stty rows} and @code{stty cols} settings. If this is not correct,
6828you can override it with the @code{set height} and @code{set
6829width} commands:
6830
6831@table @code
6832@item set height @var{lpp}
6833@itemx show height
6834@itemx set width @var{cpl}
6835@itemx show width
6836@kindex set height
6837@kindex set width
6838@kindex show width
6839@kindex show height
6840These @code{set} commands specify a screen height of @var{lpp} lines and
6841a screen width of @var{cpl} characters. The associated @code{show}
6842commands display the current settings.
6843
6844If you specify a height of zero lines, _GDBN__ will not pause during output
6845no matter how long the output is. This is useful if output is to a file
6846or to an editor buffer.
6847@end table
6848
6849@node Numbers, Messages/Warnings, Screen Size, Controlling _GDBN__
6850@section Numbers
6851@cindex number representation
6852@cindex entering numbers
1041a570 6853
70b88761
RP
6854You can always enter numbers in octal, decimal, or hexadecimal in _GDBN__ by
6855the usual conventions: octal numbers begin with @samp{0}, decimal
6856numbers end with @samp{.}, and hexadecimal numbers begin with @samp{0x}.
6857Numbers that begin with none of these are, by default, entered in base
685810; likewise, the default display for numbers---when no particular
6859format is specified---is base 10. You can change the default base for
6860both input and output with the @code{set radix} command.
6861
6862@table @code
6863@kindex set radix
6864@item set radix @var{base}
6865Set the default base for numeric input and display. Supported choices
c2bbbb22 6866for @var{base} are decimal 2, 8, 10, 16. @var{base} must itself be
70b88761
RP
6867specified either unambiguously or using the current default radix; for
6868example, any of
6869
6870@example
c2bbbb22 6871set radix 1010
70b88761
RP
6872set radix 012
6873set radix 10.
6874set radix 0xa
6875@end example
6876
6877@noindent
6878will set the base to decimal. On the other hand, @samp{set radix 10}
6879will leave the radix unchanged no matter what it was.
6880
6881@kindex show radix
6882@item show radix
6883Display the current default base for numeric input and display.
70b88761
RP
6884@end table
6885
c2bbbb22 6886@node Messages/Warnings, , Numbers, Controlling _GDBN__
70b88761 6887@section Optional Warnings and Messages
1041a570 6888
70b88761
RP
6889By default, _GDBN__ is silent about its inner workings. If you are running
6890on a slow machine, you may want to use the @code{set verbose} command.
6891It will make _GDBN__ tell you when it does a lengthy internal operation, so
1041a570 6892you will not think it has crashed.
70b88761 6893
1041a570 6894Currently, the messages controlled by @code{set verbose} are those
d48da190
RP
6895which announce that the symbol table for a source file is being read;
6896see @code{symbol-file} in @ref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}.
70b88761
RP
6897
6898@table @code
6899@kindex set verbose
6900@item set verbose on
6901Enables _GDBN__'s output of certain informational messages.
6902
6903@item set verbose off
6904Disables _GDBN__'s output of certain informational messages.
6905
6906@kindex show verbose
6907@item show verbose
6908Displays whether @code{set verbose} is on or off.
6909@end table
6910
b80282d5
RP
6911By default, if _GDBN__ encounters bugs in the symbol table of an object
6912file, it is silent; but if you are debugging a compiler, you may find
1041a570 6913this information useful (@pxref{Symbol Errors, ,Errors Reading Symbol Files}).
70b88761
RP
6914
6915@table @code
6916@kindex set complaints
6917@item set complaints @var{limit}
6918Permits _GDBN__ to output @var{limit} complaints about each type of unusual
6919symbols before becoming silent about the problem. Set @var{limit} to
6920zero to suppress all complaints; set it to a large number to prevent
6921complaints from being suppressed.
6922
6923@kindex show complaints
6924@item show complaints
6925Displays how many symbol complaints _GDBN__ is permitted to produce.
6926@end table
6927
6928By default, _GDBN__ is cautious, and asks what sometimes seem to be a
6929lot of stupid questions to confirm certain commands. For example, if
6930you try to run a program which is already running:
1041a570 6931
70b88761
RP
6932@example
6933(_GDBP__) run
6934The program being debugged has been started already.
e251e767 6935Start it from the beginning? (y or n)
70b88761
RP
6936@end example
6937
29a2b744 6938If you are willing to unflinchingly face the consequences of your own
70b88761
RP
6939commands, you can disable this ``feature'':
6940
6941@table @code
6942@kindex set confirm
6943@cindex flinching
6944@cindex confirmation
6945@cindex stupid questions
6946@item set confirm off
6947Disables confirmation requests.
6948
6949@item set confirm on
6950Enables confirmation requests (the default).
6951
6952@item show confirm
6953@kindex show confirm
6954Displays state of confirmation requests.
6955@end table
6956
29a2b744 6957@c FIXME this does not really belong here. But where *does* it belong?
b80282d5
RP
6958@cindex reloading symbols
6959Some systems allow individual object files that make up your program to
6960be replaced without stopping and restarting your program.
6961_if__(_VXWORKS__)
6962For example, in VxWorks you can simply recompile a defective object file
6963and keep on running.
6964_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
29a2b744 6965If you are running on one of these systems, you can allow _GDBN__ to
1041a570
RP
6966reload the symbols for automatically relinked modules:
6967
b80282d5
RP
6968@table @code
6969@kindex set symbol-reloading
6970@item set symbol-reloading on
6971Replace symbol definitions for the corresponding source file when an
6972object file with a particular name is seen again.
6973
6974@item set symbol-reloading off
1041a570 6975Do not replace symbol definitions when re-encountering object files of
29a2b744 6976the same name. This is the default state; if you are not running on a
b80282d5
RP
6977system that permits automatically relinking modules, you should leave
6978@code{symbol-reloading} off, since otherwise _GDBN__ may discard symbols
6979when linking large programs, that may contain several modules (from
6980different directories or libraries) with the same name.
6981
6982@item show symbol-reloading
6983Show the current @code{on} or @code{off} setting.
6984@end table
6985
70b88761
RP
6986@node Sequences, Emacs, Controlling _GDBN__, Top
6987@chapter Canned Sequences of Commands
6988
29a2b744 6989Aside from breakpoint commands (@pxref{Break Commands, ,Breakpoint
1041a570
RP
6990Command Lists}), _GDBN__ provides two ways to store sequences of commands
6991for execution as a unit: user-defined commands and command files.
70b88761
RP
6992
6993@menu
b80282d5
RP
6994* Define:: User-Defined Commands
6995* Command Files:: Command Files
6996* Output:: Commands for Controlled Output
70b88761
RP
6997@end menu
6998
6999@node Define, Command Files, Sequences, Sequences
7000@section User-Defined Commands
7001
7002@cindex user-defined command
7003A @dfn{user-defined command} is a sequence of _GDBN__ commands to which you
7004assign a new name as a command. This is done with the @code{define}
7005command.
7006
7007@table @code
7008@item define @var{commandname}
7009@kindex define
7010Define a command named @var{commandname}. If there is already a command
7011by that name, you are asked to confirm that you want to redefine it.
7012
7013The definition of the command is made up of other _GDBN__ command lines,
7014which are given following the @code{define} command. The end of these
7015commands is marked by a line containing @code{end}.
7016
7017@item document @var{commandname}
7018@kindex document
7019Give documentation to the user-defined command @var{commandname}. The
7020command @var{commandname} must already be defined. This command reads
7021lines of documentation just as @code{define} reads the lines of the
7022command definition, ending with @code{end}. After the @code{document}
7023command is finished, @code{help} on command @var{commandname} will print
7024the documentation you have specified.
7025
7026You may use the @code{document} command again to change the
7027documentation of a command. Redefining the command with @code{define}
7028does not change the documentation.
7029
7030@item help user-defined
7031@kindex help user-defined
7032List all user-defined commands, with the first line of the documentation
7033(if any) for each.
7034
4768ba62
JG
7035@item show user
7036@itemx show user @var{commandname}
7037@kindex show user
70b88761
RP
7038Display the _GDBN__ commands used to define @var{commandname} (but not its
7039documentation). If no @var{commandname} is given, display the
7040definitions for all user-defined commands.
7041@end table
7042
7043User-defined commands do not take arguments. When they are executed, the
7044commands of the definition are not printed. An error in any command
7045stops execution of the user-defined command.
7046
7047Commands that would ask for confirmation if used interactively proceed
7048without asking when used inside a user-defined command. Many _GDBN__ commands
7049that normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the messages
7050when used in a user-defined command.
7051
7052@node Command Files, Output, Define, Sequences
7053@section Command Files
7054
7055@cindex command files
7056A command file for _GDBN__ is a file of lines that are _GDBN__ commands. Comments
7057(lines starting with @kbd{#}) may also be included. An empty line in a
7058command file does nothing; it does not mean to repeat the last command, as
7059it would from the terminal.
7060
7061@cindex init file
7062@cindex @file{_GDBINIT__}
7063When you start _GDBN__, it automatically executes commands from its
1041a570
RP
7064@dfn{init files}. These are files named @file{_GDBINIT__}. _GDBN__ reads
7065the init file (if any) in your home directory and then the init file
7066(if any) in the current working directory. (The init files are not
7067executed if you use the @samp{-nx} option; @pxref{Mode Options,
7068,Choosing Modes}.) You can also request the execution of a command
7069file with the @code{source} command:
70b88761
RP
7070
7071@table @code
7072@item source @var{filename}
7073@kindex source
7074Execute the command file @var{filename}.
7075@end table
7076
7077The lines in a command file are executed sequentially. They are not
7078printed as they are executed. An error in any command terminates execution
7079of the command file.
7080
7081Commands that would ask for confirmation if used interactively proceed
7082without asking when used in a command file. Many _GDBN__ commands that
7083normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the messages
7084when called from command files.
7085
7086@node Output, , Command Files, Sequences
7087@section Commands for Controlled Output
7088
7089During the execution of a command file or a user-defined command, normal
7090_GDBN__ output is suppressed; the only output that appears is what is
7091explicitly printed by the commands in the definition. This section
7092describes three commands useful for generating exactly the output you
7093want.
7094
7095@table @code
7096@item echo @var{text}
7097@kindex echo
29a2b744
RP
7098@c I do not consider backslash-space a standard C escape sequence
7099@c because it is not in ANSI.
1041a570
RP
7100Print @var{text}. Nonprinting characters can be included in
7101@var{text} using C escape sequences, such as @samp{\n} to print a
7102newline. @strong{No newline will be printed unless you specify one.}
7103In addition to the standard C escape sequences, a backslash followed
7104by a space stands for a space. This is useful for outputting a
7105string with spaces at the beginning or the end, since leading and
7106trailing spaces are otherwise trimmed from all arguments.
7107To print @samp{@w{ }and foo =@w{ }}, use the command
7108@samp{echo \@w{ }and foo = \@w{ }}.
70b88761
RP
7109
7110A backslash at the end of @var{text} can be used, as in C, to continue
7111the command onto subsequent lines. For example,
7112
7113@example
7114echo This is some text\n\
7115which is continued\n\
7116onto several lines.\n
7117@end example
7118
7119produces the same output as
7120
7121@example
7122echo This is some text\n
7123echo which is continued\n
7124echo onto several lines.\n
7125@end example
7126
7127@item output @var{expression}
7128@kindex output
7129Print the value of @var{expression} and nothing but that value: no
7130newlines, no @samp{$@var{nn} = }. The value is not entered in the
1041a570 7131value history either. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}, for more information on
e251e767 7132expressions.
70b88761
RP
7133
7134@item output/@var{fmt} @var{expression}
7135Print the value of @var{expression} in format @var{fmt}. You can use
7136the same formats as for @code{print}; @pxref{Output formats}, for more
7137information.
7138
7139@item printf @var{string}, @var{expressions}@dots{}
7140@kindex printf
7141Print the values of the @var{expressions} under the control of
7142@var{string}. The @var{expressions} are separated by commas and may
7143be either numbers or pointers. Their values are printed as specified
29a2b744 7144by @var{string}, exactly as if your program were to execute
70b88761
RP
7145
7146@example
7147printf (@var{string}, @var{expressions}@dots{});
7148@end example
7149
7150For example, you can print two values in hex like this:
7151
0fd24984 7152@smallexample
70b88761 7153printf "foo, bar-foo = 0x%x, 0x%x\n", foo, bar-foo
0fd24984 7154@end smallexample
70b88761
RP
7155
7156The only backslash-escape sequences that you can use in the format
7157string are the simple ones that consist of backslash followed by a
7158letter.
7159@end table
7160
6ca72cc6
RP
7161_if__(_LUCID__)
7162@node Emacs, Energize, Sequences, Top
7163_fi__(_LUCID__)
7164_if__(!_LUCID__)
70b88761 7165@node Emacs, _GDBN__ Bugs, Sequences, Top
6ca72cc6 7166_fi__(!_LUCID__)
70b88761
RP
7167@chapter Using _GDBN__ under GNU Emacs
7168
7169@cindex emacs
7170A special interface allows you to use GNU Emacs to view (and
7171edit) the source files for the program you are debugging with
7172_GDBN__.
7173
7174To use this interface, use the command @kbd{M-x gdb} in Emacs. Give the
7175executable file you want to debug as an argument. This command starts
7176_GDBN__ as a subprocess of Emacs, with input and output through a newly
7177created Emacs buffer.
7178
7179Using _GDBN__ under Emacs is just like using _GDBN__ normally except for two
7180things:
7181
7182@itemize @bullet
7183@item
e251e767 7184All ``terminal'' input and output goes through the Emacs buffer.
70b88761
RP
7185@end itemize
7186
7187This applies both to _GDBN__ commands and their output, and to the input
7188and output done by the program you are debugging.
7189
7190This is useful because it means that you can copy the text of previous
7191commands and input them again; you can even use parts of the output
7192in this way.
7193
3d3ab540
RP
7194All the facilities of Emacs' Shell mode are available for interacting
7195with your program. In particular, you can send signals the usual
7196way---for example, @kbd{C-c C-c} for an interrupt, @kbd{C-c C-z} for a
7197stop.
70b88761
RP
7198
7199@itemize @bullet
7200@item
e251e767 7201_GDBN__ displays source code through Emacs.
70b88761
RP
7202@end itemize
7203
7204Each time _GDBN__ displays a stack frame, Emacs automatically finds the
7205source file for that frame and puts an arrow (_0__@samp{=>}_1__) at the
7206left margin of the current line. Emacs uses a separate buffer for
7207source display, and splits the window to show both your _GDBN__ session
7208and the source.
7209
7210Explicit _GDBN__ @code{list} or search commands still produce output as
7211usual, but you probably will have no reason to use them.
7212
7213@quotation
7214@emph{Warning:} If the directory where your program resides is not your
7215current directory, it can be easy to confuse Emacs about the location of
7216the source files, in which case the auxiliary display buffer will not
7217appear to show your source. _GDBN__ can find programs by searching your
7218environment's @code{PATH} variable, so the _GDBN__ input and output
29a2b744 7219session will proceed normally; but Emacs does not get enough information
70b88761
RP
7220back from _GDBN__ to locate the source files in this situation. To
7221avoid this problem, either start _GDBN__ mode from the directory where
7222your program resides, or specify a full path name when prompted for the
7223@kbd{M-x gdb} argument.
7224
7225A similar confusion can result if you use the _GDBN__ @code{file} command to
7226switch to debugging a program in some other location, from an existing
7227_GDBN__ buffer in Emacs.
7228@end quotation
7229
7230By default, @kbd{M-x gdb} calls the program called @file{gdb}. If
7231you need to call _GDBN__ by a different name (for example, if you keep
7232several configurations around, with different names) you can set the
7233Emacs variable @code{gdb-command-name}; for example,
1041a570 7234
70b88761
RP
7235@example
7236(setq gdb-command-name "mygdb")
7237@end example
1041a570 7238
70b88761
RP
7239@noindent
7240(preceded by @kbd{ESC ESC}, or typed in the @code{*scratch*} buffer, or
7241in your @file{.emacs} file) will make Emacs call the program named
7242``@code{mygdb}'' instead.
7243
7244In the _GDBN__ I/O buffer, you can use these special Emacs commands in
7245addition to the standard Shell mode commands:
7246
7247@table @kbd
7248@item C-h m
7249Describe the features of Emacs' _GDBN__ Mode.
7250
7251@item M-s
7252Execute to another source line, like the _GDBN__ @code{step} command; also
7253update the display window to show the current file and location.
7254
7255@item M-n
7256Execute to next source line in this function, skipping all function
7257calls, like the _GDBN__ @code{next} command. Then update the display window
7258to show the current file and location.
7259
7260@item M-i
7261Execute one instruction, like the _GDBN__ @code{stepi} command; update
7262display window accordingly.
7263
7264@item M-x gdb-nexti
7265Execute to next instruction, using the _GDBN__ @code{nexti} command; update
7266display window accordingly.
7267
7268@item C-c C-f
7269Execute until exit from the selected stack frame, like the _GDBN__
7270@code{finish} command.
7271
7272@item M-c
29a2b744 7273Continue execution of your program, like the _GDBN__ @code{continue}
1041a570 7274command.
203eea5d
RP
7275
7276@emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-p}.
70b88761
RP
7277
7278@item M-u
7279Go up the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument
7280(@pxref{Arguments, , Numeric Arguments, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}),
1041a570 7281like the _GDBN__ @code{up} command.
203eea5d 7282
1041a570 7283@emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-u}.
70b88761
RP
7284
7285@item M-d
7286Go down the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument, like the
1041a570 7287_GDBN__ @code{down} command.
203eea5d
RP
7288
7289@emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-d}.
70b88761
RP
7290
7291@item C-x &
7292Read the number where the cursor is positioned, and insert it at the end
7293of the _GDBN__ I/O buffer. For example, if you wish to disassemble code
7294around an address that was displayed earlier, type @kbd{disassemble};
7295then move the cursor to the address display, and pick up the
e251e767 7296argument for @code{disassemble} by typing @kbd{C-x &}.
70b88761
RP
7297
7298You can customize this further on the fly by defining elements of the list
7299@code{gdb-print-command}; once it is defined, you can format or
7300otherwise process numbers picked up by @kbd{C-x &} before they are
c2bbbb22 7301inserted. A numeric argument to @kbd{C-x &} will both indicate that you
70b88761
RP
7302wish special formatting, and act as an index to pick an element of the
7303list. If the list element is a string, the number to be inserted is
7304formatted using the Emacs function @code{format}; otherwise the number
7305is passed as an argument to the corresponding list element.
70b88761
RP
7306@end table
7307
7308In any source file, the Emacs command @kbd{C-x SPC} (@code{gdb-break})
7309tells _GDBN__ to set a breakpoint on the source line point is on.
7310
7311If you accidentally delete the source-display buffer, an easy way to get
7312it back is to type the command @code{f} in the _GDBN__ buffer, to
7313request a frame display; when you run under Emacs, this will recreate
7314the source buffer if necessary to show you the context of the current
7315frame.
7316
7317The source files displayed in Emacs are in ordinary Emacs buffers
7318which are visiting the source files in the usual way. You can edit
7319the files with these buffers if you wish; but keep in mind that _GDBN__
7320communicates with Emacs in terms of line numbers. If you add or
7321delete lines from the text, the line numbers that _GDBN__ knows will cease
7322to correspond properly to the code.
7323
7324@c The following dropped because Epoch is nonstandard. Reactivate
7325@c if/when v19 does something similar. [email protected] 19dec1990
7326@ignore
e251e767 7327@kindex emacs epoch environment
70b88761
RP
7328@kindex epoch
7329@kindex inspect
7330
7331Version 18 of Emacs has a built-in window system called the @code{epoch}
7332environment. Users of this environment can use a new command,
7333@code{inspect} which performs identically to @code{print} except that
7334each value is printed in its own window.
7335@end ignore
7336
6ca72cc6
RP
7337_if__(_LUCID__)
7338@node Energize, _GDBN__ Bugs, Emacs, Top
7339@chapter Using _GDBN__ with Energize
7340
7341@cindex Energize
7342The Energize Programming System is an integrated development environment
7343that includes a point-and-click interface to many programming tools.
7344When you use _GDBN__ in this environment, you can use the standard
7345Energize graphical interface to drive _GDBN__; you can also, if you
7346choose, type _GDBN__ commands as usual in a debugging window. Even if
7347you use the graphical interface, the debugging window (which uses Emacs,
7348and resembles the standard Emacs interface to _GDBN__) displays the
7349equivalent commands, so that the history of your debugging session is
7350properly reflected.
7351
7352When Energize starts up a _GDBN__ session, it uses one of the
7353command-line options @samp{-energize} or @samp{-cadillac} (``cadillac''
7354is the name of the communications protocol used by the Energize system).
7355This option makes _GDBN__ run as one of the tools in the Energize Tool
7356Set: it sends all output to the Energize kernel, and accept input from
7357it as well.
7358
7359See the user manual for the Energize Programming System for
7360information on how to use the Energize graphical interface and the other
7361development tools that Energize integrates with _GDBN__.
7362
7363@node _GDBN__ Bugs, Renamed Commands, Energize, Top
7364_fi__(_LUCID__)
7365_if__(!_LUCID__)
70b88761 7366@node _GDBN__ Bugs, Renamed Commands, Emacs, Top
6ca72cc6 7367_fi__(!_LUCID__)
70b88761
RP
7368@chapter Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
7369@cindex Bugs in _GDBN__
7370@cindex Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
7371
7372Your bug reports play an essential role in making _GDBN__ reliable.
7373
7374Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it
7375may not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help
7376the entire community by making the next version of _GDBN__ work better. Bug
7377reports are your contribution to the maintenance of _GDBN__.
7378
7379In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7380information that enables us to fix the bug.
7381
7382@menu
b80282d5
RP
7383* Bug Criteria:: Have You Found a Bug?
7384* Bug Reporting:: How to Report Bugs
70b88761
RP
7385@end menu
7386
7387@node Bug Criteria, Bug Reporting, _GDBN__ Bugs, _GDBN__ Bugs
7388@section Have You Found a Bug?
7389@cindex Bug Criteria
7390
7391If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7392
7393@itemize @bullet
7394@item
7395@cindex Fatal Signal
7396@cindex Core Dump
7397If the debugger gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
7398_GDBN__ bug. Reliable debuggers never crash.
7399
7400@item
7401@cindex error on Valid Input
7402If _GDBN__ produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
7403
7404@item
7405@cindex Invalid Input
7406If _GDBN__ does not produce an error message for invalid input,
7407that is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of
7408``invalid input'' might be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support
7409for traditional practice''.
7410
7411@item
7412If you are an experienced user of debugging tools, your suggestions
7413for improvement of _GDBN__ are welcome in any case.
7414@end itemize
7415
7416@node Bug Reporting, , Bug Criteria, _GDBN__ Bugs
7417@section How to Report Bugs
7418@cindex Bug Reports
3d3ab540 7419@cindex _GDBN__ Bugs, Reporting
70b88761
RP
7420
7421A number of companies and individuals offer support for GNU products.
7422If you obtained _GDBN__ from a support organization, we recommend you
e251e767 7423contact that organization first.
70b88761
RP
7424
7425Contact information for many support companies and individuals is
7426available in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the GNU Emacs distribution.
7427
7428In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for _GDBN__ to one
7429of these addresses:
7430
7431@example
7432bug-gdb@@prep.ai.mit.edu
7433@{ucbvax|mit-eddie|uunet@}!prep.ai.mit.edu!bug-gdb
7434@end example
7435
7436@strong{Do not send bug reports to @samp{info-gdb}, or to
7437@samp{help-gdb}, or to any newsgroups.} Most users of _GDBN__ do not want to
7438receive bug reports. Those that do, have arranged to receive @samp{bug-gdb}.
7439
3d3ab540
RP
7440The mailing list @samp{bug-gdb} has a newsgroup @samp{gnu.gdb.bug} which
7441serves as a repeater. The mailing list and the newsgroup carry exactly
7442the same messages. Often people think of posting bug reports to the
7443newsgroup instead of mailing them. This appears to work, but it has one
7444problem which can be crucial: a newsgroup posting often lacks a mail
7445path back to the sender. Thus, if we need to ask for more information,
7446we may be unable to reach you. For this reason, it is better to send
7447bug reports to the mailing list.
70b88761
RP
7448
7449As a last resort, send bug reports on paper to:
7450
7451@example
7452GNU Debugger Bugs
3d3ab540 7453Free Software Foundation
70b88761
RP
7454545 Tech Square
7455Cambridge, MA 02139
7456@end example
7457
7458The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7459@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7460fact or leave it out, state it!
7461
7462Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the
29a2b744 7463problem and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might
70b88761 7464assume that the name of the variable you use in an example does not matter.
29a2b744 7465Well, probably it does not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a
70b88761
RP
7466stray memory reference which happens to fetch from the location where that
7467name is stored in memory; perhaps, if the name were different, the contents
7468of that location would fool the debugger into doing the right thing despite
7469the bug. Play it safe and give a specific, complete example. That is the
7470easiest thing for you to do, and the most helpful.
7471
7472Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix
1041a570 7473the bug if it is new to us. It is not as important as what happens if
70b88761
RP
7474the bug is already known. Therefore, always write your bug reports on
7475the assumption that the bug has not been reported previously.
7476
7477Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
7478bell?'' Those bug reports are useless, and we urge everyone to
7479@emph{refuse to respond to them} except to chide the sender to report
7480bugs properly.
7481
7482To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7483
7484@itemize @bullet
7485@item
7486The version of _GDBN__. _GDBN__ announces it if you start with no
7487arguments; you can also print it at any time using @code{show version}.
7488
1041a570 7489Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
70b88761
RP
7490the bug in the current version of _GDBN__.
7491
7492@item
ddf21240
JG
7493The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7494version number.
70b88761
RP
7495
7496@item
7497What compiler (and its version) was used to compile _GDBN__---e.g.
c7cb8acb 7498``_GCC__-2.0''.
70b88761 7499
ddf21240
JG
7500@item
7501What compiler (and its version) was used to compile the program you
c7cb8acb 7502are debugging---e.g. ``_GCC__-2.0''.
ddf21240 7503
70b88761
RP
7504@item
7505The command arguments you gave the compiler to compile your example and
7506observe the bug. For example, did you use @samp{-O}? To guarantee
1041a570 7507you will not omit something important, list them all. A copy of the
ddf21240 7508Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
70b88761
RP
7509
7510If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7511and then we might not encounter the bug.
7512
7513@item
ddf21240
JG
7514A complete input script, and all necessary source files, that will
7515reproduce the bug.
70b88761
RP
7516
7517@item
7518A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7519incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7520
7521Of course, if the bug is that _GDBN__ gets a fatal signal, then we will
7522certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7523notice unless it is glaringly wrong. We are human, after all. You
7524might as well not give us a chance to make a mistake.
7525
7526Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still
7527say so explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as,
7528your copy of _GDBN__ is out of synch, or you have encountered a
7529bug in the C library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy
7530might crash and ours would not. If you told us to expect a crash,
7531then when ours fails to crash, we would know that the bug was not
7532happening for us. If you had not told us to expect a crash, then we
7533would not be able to draw any conclusion from our observations.
7534
7535@item
7536If you wish to suggest changes to the _GDBN__ source, send us context
7537diffs. If you even discuss something in the _GDBN__ source, refer to
7538it by context, not by line number.
7539
1041a570 7540The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
70b88761 7541sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
70b88761
RP
7542@end itemize
7543
7544Here are some things that are not necessary:
7545
7546@itemize @bullet
7547@item
7548A description of the envelope of the bug.
7549
7550Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7551which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7552changes will not affect it.
7553
7554This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7555will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7556with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7557We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7558
7559Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7560of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7561output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
e251e767 7562less time, etc.
70b88761 7563
29a2b744 7564However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
70b88761
RP
7565report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7566
7567@item
7568A patch for the bug.
7569
29a2b744 7570A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
70b88761
RP
7571the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7572a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7573to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7574
7575Sometimes with a program as complicated as _GDBN__ it is very hard to
7576construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path
1041a570
RP
7577through the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able
7578to construct one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
70b88761 7579
29a2b744 7580And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
1041a570 7581patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
70b88761
RP
7582help us to understand.
7583
7584@item
7585A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7586
29a2b744 7587Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
70b88761
RP
7588things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7589@end itemize
7590
1041a570
RP
7591@c Note: no need to update nodes for rdl-apps.texi since it appears
7592@c *only* in the TeX version of the manual.
7593@c Note: eventually, make a cross reference to the readline Info nodes.
70b88761 7594@iftex
cacf5942
RP
7595@c appendices describing GNU readline. Distributed with readline code.
7596@include rluser.texinfo
7597@include inc-hist.texi
70b88761
RP
7598@end iftex
7599
77b46d13 7600@node Renamed Commands, Formatting Documentation, _GDBN__ Bugs, Top
70b88761
RP
7601@appendix Renamed Commands
7602
c7cb8acb 7603The following commands were renamed in GDB 4, in order to make the
70b88761
RP
7604command set as a whole more consistent and easier to use and remember:
7605
e251e767
RP
7606@kindex add-syms
7607@kindex delete environment
7608@kindex info copying
7609@kindex info convenience
7610@kindex info directories
7611@kindex info editing
7612@kindex info history
7613@kindex info targets
7614@kindex info values
7615@kindex info version
7616@kindex info warranty
7617@kindex set addressprint
7618@kindex set arrayprint
7619@kindex set prettyprint
7620@kindex set screen-height
7621@kindex set screen-width
7622@kindex set unionprint
7623@kindex set vtblprint
7624@kindex set demangle
7625@kindex set asm-demangle
7626@kindex set sevenbit-strings
7627@kindex set array-max
7628@kindex set caution
7629@kindex set history write
7630@kindex show addressprint
7631@kindex show arrayprint
7632@kindex show prettyprint
7633@kindex show screen-height
7634@kindex show screen-width
7635@kindex show unionprint
7636@kindex show vtblprint
7637@kindex show demangle
7638@kindex show asm-demangle
7639@kindex show sevenbit-strings
7640@kindex show array-max
7641@kindex show caution
7642@kindex show history write
7643@kindex unset
70b88761 7644
92b73793 7645@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
70b88761 7646@ifinfo
92b73793 7647@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
cf496415
RP
7648@example
7649OLD COMMAND NEW COMMAND
92b73793 7650@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
cf496415 7651--------------- -------------------------------
92b73793 7652@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
cf496415
RP
7653add-syms add-symbol-file
7654delete environment unset environment
7655info convenience show convenience
7656info copying show copying
e251e767 7657info directories show directories
cf496415
RP
7658info editing show commands
7659info history show values
7660info targets help target
7661info values show values
7662info version show version
7663info warranty show warranty
7664set/show addressprint set/show print address
7665set/show array-max set/show print elements
7666set/show arrayprint set/show print array
7667set/show asm-demangle set/show print asm-demangle
7668set/show caution set/show confirm
7669set/show demangle set/show print demangle
7670set/show history write set/show history save
7671set/show prettyprint set/show print pretty
7672set/show screen-height set/show height
7673set/show screen-width set/show width
7674set/show sevenbit-strings set/show print sevenbit-strings
7675set/show unionprint set/show print union
7676set/show vtblprint set/show print vtbl
7677
7678unset [No longer an alias for delete]
7679@end example
92b73793 7680@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
70b88761
RP
7681@end ifinfo
7682
7683@tex
7684\vskip \parskip\vskip \baselineskip
7685\halign{\tt #\hfil &\qquad#&\tt #\hfil\cr
7686{\bf Old Command} &&{\bf New Command}\cr
7687add-syms &&add-symbol-file\cr
7688delete environment &&unset environment\cr
7689info convenience &&show convenience\cr
7690info copying &&show copying\cr
7691info directories &&show directories \cr
7692info editing &&show commands\cr
7693info history &&show values\cr
7694info targets &&help target\cr
7695info values &&show values\cr
7696info version &&show version\cr
7697info warranty &&show warranty\cr
7698set{\rm / }show addressprint &&set{\rm / }show print address\cr
7699set{\rm / }show array-max &&set{\rm / }show print elements\cr
7700set{\rm / }show arrayprint &&set{\rm / }show print array\cr
7701set{\rm / }show asm-demangle &&set{\rm / }show print asm-demangle\cr
7702set{\rm / }show caution &&set{\rm / }show confirm\cr
7703set{\rm / }show demangle &&set{\rm / }show print demangle\cr
7704set{\rm / }show history write &&set{\rm / }show history save\cr
7705set{\rm / }show prettyprint &&set{\rm / }show print pretty\cr
7706set{\rm / }show screen-height &&set{\rm / }show height\cr
7707set{\rm / }show screen-width &&set{\rm / }show width\cr
7708set{\rm / }show sevenbit-strings &&set{\rm / }show print sevenbit-strings\cr
7709set{\rm / }show unionprint &&set{\rm / }show print union\cr
7710set{\rm / }show vtblprint &&set{\rm / }show print vtbl\cr
7711\cr
7712unset &&\rm(No longer an alias for delete)\cr
7713}
7714@end tex
92b73793 7715@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
70b88761 7716
77b46d13
JG
7717@node Formatting Documentation, Installing GDB, Renamed Commands, Top
7718@appendix Formatting the Documentation
7719
7720@cindex GDB reference card
7721@cindex reference card
7722The GDB 4 release includes an already-formatted reference card, ready
b1385986 7723for printing with PostScript or GhostScript, in the @file{gdb}
77b46d13 7724subdirectory of the main source directory---in
b1385986
RP
7725@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb/refcard.ps} of the version _GDB_VN__ release.
7726If you can use PostScript or GhostScript with your printer, you can
7727print the reference card immediately with @file{refcard.ps}.
77b46d13
JG
7728
7729The release also includes the source for the reference card. You
7730can format it, using @TeX{}, by typing:
7731
7732@example
7733make refcard.dvi
7734@end example
7735
7736The GDB reference card is designed to print in landscape mode on US
7737``letter'' size paper; that is, on a sheet 11 inches wide by 8.5 inches
7738high. You will need to specify this form of printing as an option to
7739your @sc{dvi} output program.
7740
7741@cindex documentation
7742
7743All the documentation for GDB comes as part of the machine-readable
7744distribution. The documentation is written in Texinfo format, which is
7745a documentation system that uses a single source file to produce both
7746on-line information and a printed manual. You can use one of the Info
7747formatting commands to create the on-line version of the documentation
7748and @TeX{} (or @code{texi2roff}) to typeset the printed version.
7749
7750GDB includes an already formatted copy of the on-line Info version of
7751this manual in the @file{gdb} subdirectory. The main Info file is
7752@file{gdb-@var{version-number}/gdb/gdb.info}, and it refers to
a89f94c2
RP
7753subordinate files matching @samp{gdb.info*} in the same directory. If
7754necessary, you can print out these files, or read them with any editor;
7755but they are easier to read using the @code{info} subsystem in GNU Emacs
7756or the standalone @code{info} program, available as part of the GNU
7757Texinfo distribution.
77b46d13
JG
7758
7759If you want to format these Info files yourself, you need one of the
7760Info formatting programs, such as @code{texinfo-format-buffer} or
7761@code{makeinfo}.
7762
7763If you have @code{makeinfo} installed, and are in the top level GDB
7764source directory (@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}, in the case of version _GDB_VN__), you can
7765make the Info file by typing:
7766
7767@example
7768cd gdb
7769make gdb.info
7770@end example
7771
7772If you want to typeset and print copies of this manual, you need
7773@TeX{}, a printing program such as @code{lpr}, and @file{texinfo.tex},
7774the Texinfo definitions file.
7775
7776@TeX{} is typesetting program; it does not print files directly, but
7777produces output files called @sc{dvi} files. To print a typeset
7778document, you need a program to print @sc{dvi} files. If your system
7779has @TeX{} installed, chances are it has such a program. The precise
7780command to use depends on your system; @kbd{lpr -d} is common; another
7781is @kbd{dvips}. The @sc{dvi} print command may require a file name
7782without any extension or a @samp{.dvi} extension.
7783
7784@TeX{} also requires a macro definitions file called
7785@file{texinfo.tex}. This file tells @TeX{} how to typeset a document
7786written in Texinfo format. On its own, @TeX{} cannot read, much less
7787typeset a Texinfo file. @file{texinfo.tex} is distributed with GDB
7788and is located in the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}/texinfo}
7789directory.
7790
7791If you have @TeX{} and a @sc{dvi} printer program installed, you can
7792typeset and print this manual. First switch to the the @file{gdb}
7793subdirectory of the main source directory (for example, to
7794@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb}) and then type:
7795
7796@example
7797make gdb.dvi
7798@end example
7799
7800@node Installing GDB, Copying, Formatting Documentation, Top
c7cb8acb
RP
7801@appendix Installing GDB
7802@cindex configuring GDB
70b88761
RP
7803@cindex installation
7804
f672bb7f
RP
7805@iftex
7806@c irrelevant in info file; it's as current as the code it lives with.
7807@quotation
7808@emph{Warning:} These installation instructions are current as of
c7cb8acb
RP
7809GDB version _GDB_VN__. If you're installing a more recent release
7810of GDB, we may have improved the installation procedures since
f672bb7f
RP
7811printing this manual; see the @file{README} file included in your
7812release for the most recent instructions.
7813@end quotation
7814@end iftex
7815
c7cb8acb
RP
7816GDB comes with a @code{configure} script that automates the process
7817of preparing GDB for installation; you can then use @code{make} to
7818build the program.
b80282d5 7819
c7cb8acb 7820The GDB distribution includes all the source code you need for GDB in
1041a570
RP
7821a single directory, whose name is usually composed by appending the
7822version number to @samp{gdb}.
7823
c7cb8acb 7824For example, the GDB version _GDB_VN__ distribution is in the @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}
1041a570 7825directory. That directory contains:
b80282d5 7826
3d3ab540 7827@table @code
c7637ea6 7828@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/configure @r{(and supporting files)}
c7cb8acb 7829script for configuring GDB and all its supporting libraries.
b80282d5 7830
3e0d0a27 7831@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb
c7cb8acb 7832the source specific to GDB itself
3d3ab540 7833
3e0d0a27 7834@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/bfd
77b46d13 7835source for the Binary File Descriptor library
3d3ab540 7836
3e0d0a27 7837@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/include
b80282d5 7838GNU include files
3d3ab540 7839
3e0d0a27 7840@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/libiberty
3d3ab540
RP
7841source for the @samp{-liberty} free software library
7842
3e0d0a27 7843@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/readline
b80282d5 7844source for the GNU command-line interface
77b46d13
JG
7845
7846@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/glob
7847source for the GNU filename pattern-matching subroutine
7848
7849@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/mmalloc
7850source for the GNU memory-mapped malloc package
3d3ab540 7851@end table
1041a570 7852
c7cb8acb 7853The simplest way to configure and build GDB is to run @code{configure}
1041a570
RP
7854from the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} source directory, which in
7855this example is the @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__} directory.
7856
7857First switch to the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} source directory
7858if you are not already in it; then run @code{configure}. Pass the
c7cb8acb 7859identifier for the platform on which GDB will run as an
1041a570
RP
7860argument.
7861
7862For example:
7863
7463aadd 7864@example
3e0d0a27 7865cd gdb-_GDB_VN__
3d3ab540 7866./configure @var{host}
7463aadd
RP
7867make
7868@end example
1041a570 7869
7463aadd 7870@noindent
1041a570 7871where @var{host} is an identifier such as @samp{sun4} or
c7cb8acb 7872@samp{decstation}, that identifies the platform where GDB will run.
1041a570 7873
38962738
RP
7874Running @samp{configure @var{host}} followed by @code{make} builds the
7875@file{bfd}, @file{readline}, @file{mmalloc}, and @file{libiberty}
7876libraries, then @code{gdb} itself. The configured source files, and the
7877binaries, are left in the corresponding source directories.
3d3ab540 7878
e251e767 7879@code{configure} is a Bourne-shell (@code{/bin/sh}) script; if your
29a2b744 7880system does not recognize this automatically when you run a different
1041a570
RP
7881shell, you may need to run @code{sh} on it explicitly:
7882
7883@example
7884sh configure @var{host}
7885@end example
e251e767 7886
f672bb7f
RP
7887If you run @code{configure} from a directory that contains source
7888directories for multiple libraries or programs, such as the
7889@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__} source directory for version _GDB_VN__, @code{configure}
7890creates configuration files for every directory level underneath (unless
98349959 7891you tell it not to, with the @samp{--norecursion} option).
f672bb7f
RP
7892
7893You can run the @code{configure} script from any of the
c7cb8acb 7894subordinate directories in the GDB distribution, if you only want to
1041a570
RP
7895configure that subdirectory; but be sure to specify a path to it.
7896
7897For example, with version _GDB_VN__, type the following to configure only
7898the @code{bfd} subdirectory:
7899
e251e767 7900@example
203eea5d 7901@group
e251e767
RP
7902cd gdb-_GDB_VN__/bfd
7903../configure @var{host}
203eea5d 7904@end group
e251e767
RP
7905@end example
7906
1041a570
RP
7907You can install @code{_GDBP__} anywhere; it has no hardwired paths.
7908However, you should make sure that the shell on your path (named by
7909the @samp{SHELL} environment variable) is publicly readable. Remember
c7cb8acb
RP
7910that GDB uses the shell to start your program---some systems refuse to
7911let GDB debug child processes whose programs are not readable.
3d3ab540
RP
7912
7913@menu
c7cb8acb 7914* Separate Objdir:: Compiling GDB in another directory
b80282d5
RP
7915* Config Names:: Specifying names for hosts and targets
7916* configure Options:: Summary of options for configure
3d3ab540
RP
7917@end menu
7918
c7cb8acb
RP
7919@node Separate Objdir, Config Names, Installing GDB, Installing GDB
7920@section Compiling GDB in Another Directory
1041a570 7921
c7cb8acb
RP
7922If you want to run GDB versions for several host or target machines,
7923you'll need a different @code{gdb} compiled for each combination of
1041a570 7924host and target. @code{configure} is designed to make this easy by
f672bb7f
RP
7925allowing you to generate each configuration in a separate subdirectory,
7926rather than in the source directory. If your @code{make} program
7927handles the @samp{VPATH} feature (GNU @code{make} does), running
c7cb8acb 7928@code{make} in each of these directories then builds the @code{gdb}
f672bb7f 7929program specified there.
b80282d5 7930
c7cb8acb 7931To build @code{gdb} in a separate directory, run @code{configure}
f672bb7f 7932with the @samp{--srcdir} option to specify where to find the source.
77b46d13
JG
7933(You'll also need to specify a path to find @code{configure}
7934itself from your working directory. If the path to @code{configure}
7935would be the same as the argument to @samp{--srcdir}, you can leave out
7936the @samp{--srcdir} option; it will be assumed.)
1041a570 7937
c7cb8acb 7938For example, with version _GDB_VN__, you can build GDB in a separate
f672bb7f 7939directory for a Sun 4 like this:
70b88761
RP
7940
7941@example
3d3ab540 7942@group
3e0d0a27 7943cd gdb-_GDB_VN__
f672bb7f
RP
7944mkdir ../gdb-sun4
7945cd ../gdb-sun4
77b46d13 7946../gdb-_GDB_VN__/configure sun4
70b88761 7947make
3d3ab540 7948@end group
70b88761
RP
7949@end example
7950
f672bb7f
RP
7951When @code{configure} builds a configuration using a remote source
7952directory, it creates a tree for the binaries with the same structure
7953(and using the same names) as the tree under the source directory. In
7954the example, you'd find the Sun 4 library @file{libiberty.a} in the
c7cb8acb 7955directory @file{gdb-sun4/libiberty}, and GDB itself in
f672bb7f 7956@file{gdb-sun4/gdb}.
1041a570 7957
38962738 7958One popular reason to build several GDB configurations in separate
c7cb8acb 7959directories is to configure GDB for cross-compiling (where GDB
f672bb7f
RP
7960runs on one machine---the host---while debugging programs that run on
7961another machine---the target). You specify a cross-debugging target by
7962giving the @samp{--target=@var{target}} option to @code{configure}.
c7637ea6 7963
1041a570 7964When you run @code{make} to build a program or library, you must run
f672bb7f
RP
7965it in a configured directory---whatever directory you were in when you
7966called @code{configure} (or one of its subdirectories).
c7637ea6
RP
7967
7968The @code{Makefile} generated by @code{configure} for each source
f672bb7f
RP
7969directory also runs recursively. If you type @code{make} in a source
7970directory such as @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__} (or in a separate configured
7971directory configured with @samp{--srcdir=@var{path}/gdb-_GDB_VN__}), you
c7cb8acb 7972will build all the required libraries, then build GDB.
3d3ab540 7973
f672bb7f
RP
7974When you have multiple hosts or targets configured in separate
7975directories, you can run @code{make} on them in parallel (for example,
7976if they are NFS-mounted on each of the hosts); they will not interfere
7977with each other.
3d3ab540 7978
c7cb8acb 7979@node Config Names, configure Options, Separate Objdir, Installing GDB
b80282d5
RP
7980@section Specifying Names for Hosts and Targets
7981
7982The specifications used for hosts and targets in the @code{configure}
7983script are based on a three-part naming scheme, but some short predefined
7984aliases are also supported. The full naming scheme encodes three pieces
e251e767 7985of information in the following pattern:
1041a570 7986
b80282d5
RP
7987@example
7988@var{architecture}-@var{vendor}-@var{os}
7989@end example
7990
7991For example, you can use the alias @code{sun4} as a @var{host} argument
5e3186ab 7992or in a @code{--target=@var{target}} option, but the equivalent full name
e251e767 7993is @samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}.
b80282d5 7994
c7cb8acb 7995The @code{configure} script accompanying GDB does not provide
b80282d5
RP
7996any query facility to list all supported host and target names or
7997aliases. @code{configure} calls the Bourne shell script
7998@code{config.sub} to map abbreviations to full names; you can read the
7999script, if you wish, or you can use it to test your guesses on
8000abbreviations---for example:
1041a570 8001
b1385986 8002@smallexample
b80282d5 8003% sh config.sub sun4
6a8cb0e7 8004sparc-sun-sunos411
b80282d5 8005% sh config.sub sun3
6a8cb0e7 8006m68k-sun-sunos411
b80282d5 8007% sh config.sub decstation
6a8cb0e7 8008mips-dec-ultrix42
b80282d5
RP
8009% sh config.sub hp300bsd
8010m68k-hp-bsd
8011% sh config.sub i386v
6a8cb0e7 8012i386-unknown-sysv
e94b4a2b 8013% sh config.sub i786v
6a8cb0e7 8014Invalid configuration `i786v': machine `i786v' not recognized
b1385986 8015@end smallexample
1041a570 8016
c7637ea6 8017@noindent
1041a570
RP
8018@code{config.sub} is also distributed in the GDB source
8019directory (@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}, for version _GDB_VN__).
b80282d5 8020
77b46d13 8021@node configure Options, , Config Names, Installing GDB
3d3ab540 8022@section @code{configure} Options
7463aadd 8023
d48da190
RP
8024Here is a summary of the @code{configure} options and arguments that
8025are most often useful for building _GDBN__. @code{configure} also has
8026several other options not listed here. @inforef{What Configure
8027Does,,configure.info}, for a full explanation of @code{configure}.
8028@c FIXME: Would this be more, or less, useful as an xref (ref to printed
8029@c manual in the printed manual, ref to info file only from the info file)?
7463aadd
RP
8030
8031@example
d48da190
RP
8032configure @r{[}--help@r{]}
8033 @r{[}--prefix=@var{dir}@r{]}
8034 @r{[}--srcdir=@var{path}@r{]}
f672bb7f
RP
8035 @r{[}--norecursion@r{]} @r{[}--rm@r{]}
8036 @r{[}--target=@var{target}@r{]} @var{host}
7463aadd 8037@end example
1041a570 8038
3d3ab540 8039@noindent
f672bb7f
RP
8040You may introduce options with a single @samp{-} rather than
8041@samp{--} if you prefer; but you may abbreviate option names if you use
8042@samp{--}.
70b88761
RP
8043
8044@table @code
d48da190
RP
8045@item --help
8046Display a quick summary of how to invoke @code{configure}.
8047
8048@item -prefix=@var{dir}
8049Configure the source to install programs and files under directory
8050@file{@var{dir}}.
8051
f672bb7f 8052@item --srcdir=@var{path}
6ca72cc6
RP
8053@strong{Warning: using this option requires GNU @code{make}, or another
8054@code{make} that implements the @code{VPATH} feature.}@*
f672bb7f 8055Use this option to make configurations in directories separate from the
c7cb8acb 8056GDB source directories. Among other things, you can use this to
f672bb7f
RP
8057build (or maintain) several configurations simultaneously, in separate
8058directories. @code{configure} writes configuration specific files in
8059the current directory, but arranges for them to use the source in the
8060directory @var{path}. @code{configure} will create directories under
8061the working directory in parallel to the source directories below
8062@var{path}.
8063
8064@item --norecursion
8065Configure only the directory level where @code{configure} is executed; do not
7463aadd
RP
8066propagate configuration to subdirectories.
8067
f672bb7f 8068@item --rm
b80282d5 8069Remove the configuration that the other arguments specify.
7463aadd 8070
29a2b744 8071@c This does not work (yet if ever). FIXME.
f672bb7f 8072@c @item --parse=@var{lang} @dots{}
c7cb8acb
RP
8073@c Configure the GDB expression parser to parse the listed languages.
8074@c @samp{all} configures GDB for all supported languages. To get a
d7b569d5 8075@c list of all supported languages, omit the argument. Without this
c7cb8acb 8076@c option, GDB is configured to parse all supported languages.
c2bbbb22 8077
f672bb7f 8078@item --target=@var{target}
c7cb8acb
RP
8079Configure GDB for cross-debugging programs running on the specified
8080@var{target}. Without this option, GDB is configured to debug
8081programs that run on the same machine (@var{host}) as GDB itself.
b80282d5
RP
8082
8083There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available targets.
7463aadd
RP
8084
8085@item @var{host} @dots{}
c7cb8acb 8086Configure GDB to run on the specified @var{host}.
b80282d5
RP
8087
8088There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available hosts.
70b88761
RP
8089@end table
8090
3d3ab540
RP
8091@noindent
8092@code{configure} accepts other options, for compatibility with
b80282d5 8093configuring other GNU tools recursively; but these are the only
c7cb8acb 8094options that affect GDB or its supporting libraries.
3d3ab540 8095
c7cb8acb 8096@node Copying, Index, Installing GDB, Top
70b88761 8097@unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
7463aadd 8098@center Version 2, June 1991
70b88761
RP
8099
8100@display
7463aadd 8101Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
70b88761
RP
8102675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
8103
8104Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
8105of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
8106@end display
8107
8108@unnumberedsec Preamble
8109
7463aadd
RP
8110 The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
8111freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
70b88761 8112License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
7463aadd
RP
8113software---to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
8114General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
8115Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
8116using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
8117the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
8118your programs, too.
70b88761
RP
8119
8120 When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
7463aadd
RP
8121price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
8122have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
8123this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
8124if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
8125in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
70b88761
RP
8126
8127 To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
8128anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
8129These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
8130distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
8131
7463aadd 8132 For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
70b88761
RP
8133gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
8134you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
7463aadd
RP
8135source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
8136rights.
70b88761
RP
8137
8138 We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
8139(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
8140distribute and/or modify the software.
8141
8142 Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
8143that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
8144software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
8145want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
8146that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
8147authors' reputations.
8148
7463aadd
RP
8149 Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
8150patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
8151program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
8152program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
8153patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
8154
70b88761
RP
8155 The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
8156modification follow.
8157
8158@iftex
7463aadd 8159@unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
70b88761
RP
8160@end iftex
8161@ifinfo
7463aadd 8162@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
70b88761
RP
8163@end ifinfo
8164
8165@enumerate
8166@item
7463aadd
RP
8167This License applies to any program or other work which contains
8168a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
8169under the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', below,
8170refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program''
8171means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
8172that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
8173either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
8174language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
8175the term ``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed as ``you''.
8176
8177Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
8178covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
8179running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
8180is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
8181Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
8182Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
70b88761
RP
8183
8184@item
7463aadd
RP
8185You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
8186source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
8187conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
8188copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
8189notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
8190and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
8191along with the Program.
70b88761 8192
7463aadd
RP
8193You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
8194you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
70b88761 8195
70b88761 8196@item
7463aadd
RP
8197You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
8198of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
8199distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
8200above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
70b88761 8201
1041a570 8202@enumerate a
70b88761 8203@item
7463aadd
RP
8204You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
8205stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
70b88761
RP
8206
8207@item
7463aadd
RP
8208You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
8209whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
8210part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
8211parties under the terms of this License.
70b88761
RP
8212
8213@item
7463aadd
RP
8214If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
8215when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
8216interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
8217announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
8218notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
8219a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
8220these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
8221License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
8222does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
8223the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
1041a570 8224@end enumerate
7463aadd
RP
8225
8226These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
8227identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
8228and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
8229themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
8230sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
8231distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
8232on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
8233this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
8234entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
8235
8236Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
8237your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
8238exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
8239collective works based on the Program.
8240
8241In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
8242with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
8243a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
8244the scope of this License.
70b88761
RP
8245
8246@item
7463aadd
RP
8247You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
8248under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
8249Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
70b88761 8250
1041a570 8251@enumerate a
70b88761 8252@item
7463aadd
RP
8253Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
8254source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
82551 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
70b88761
RP
8256
8257@item
7463aadd
RP
8258Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
8259years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
8260cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
8261machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
8262distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
8263customarily used for software interchange; or,
70b88761
RP
8264
8265@item
7463aadd
RP
8266Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
8267to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
70b88761 8268allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
7463aadd
RP
8269received the program in object code or executable form with such
8270an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
1041a570 8271@end enumerate
7463aadd
RP
8272
8273The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
8274making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
8275code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
8276associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
8277control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
8278special exception, the source code distributed need not include
8279anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
8280form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
8281operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
8282itself accompanies the executable.
8283
8284If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
8285access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
8286access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
8287distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
8288compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
70b88761
RP
8289
8290@item
7463aadd
RP
8291You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
8292except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
8293otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
8294void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
8295However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
8296this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
8297parties remain in full compliance.
70b88761
RP
8298
8299@item
7463aadd
RP
8300You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
8301signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
8302distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
8303prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
8304modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
8305Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
8306all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
8307the Program or works based on it.
70b88761
RP
8308
8309@item
8310Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
7463aadd
RP
8311Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
8312original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
8313these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
8314restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
8315You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
8316this License.
8317
8318@item
8319If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
8320infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
8321conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
8322otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
8323excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
8324distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
8325License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
8326may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
8327license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
8328all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
8329the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
8330refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
8331
8332If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
8333any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
8334apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
8335circumstances.
8336
8337It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
8338patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
8339such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
8340integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
8341implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
8342generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
8343through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
8344system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
8345to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
8346impose that choice.
8347
8348This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
8349be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8350
8351@item
8352If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
8353certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
8354original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
8355may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
8356those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
8357countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
8358the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
70b88761
RP
8359
8360@item
8361The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
8362of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
8363be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
8364address new problems or concerns.
8365
8366Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
7463aadd 8367specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any
70b88761
RP
8368later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
8369either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
8370Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
7463aadd 8371this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
70b88761
RP
8372Foundation.
8373
8374@item
8375If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
8376programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
8377to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
8378Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
8379make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
8380of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
8381of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
8382
8383@iftex
8384@heading NO WARRANTY
8385@end iftex
8386@ifinfo
8387@center NO WARRANTY
8388@end ifinfo
8389
8390@item
8391BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
8392FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
8393OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
8394PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
8395OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
8396MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
8397TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
8398PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
8399REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
8400
8401@item
7463aadd
RP
8402IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
8403WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
70b88761 8404REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
7463aadd
RP
8405INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
8406OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
8407TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
8408YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
8409PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
8410POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
70b88761
RP
8411@end enumerate
8412
8413@iftex
8414@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
8415@end iftex
8416@ifinfo
8417@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
8418@end ifinfo
8419
8420@page
54e6b3c3 8421@unnumberedsec Applying These Terms to Your New Programs
70b88761
RP
8422
8423 If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
7463aadd
RP
8424possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
8425free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
70b88761 8426
7463aadd
RP
8427 To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
8428to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
8429convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
8430the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
70b88761
RP
8431
8432@smallexample
203eea5d 8433@var{one line to give the program's name and an idea of what it does.}
70b88761
RP
8434Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
8435
203eea5d
RP
8436This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
8437modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
8438as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
8439of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
70b88761
RP
8440
8441This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
8442but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
8443MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
8444GNU General Public License for more details.
8445
8446You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
203eea5d
RP
8447along with this program; if not, write to the
8448Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
8449Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
70b88761
RP
8450@end smallexample
8451
8452Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
8453
8454If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
8455when it starts in an interactive mode:
8456
8457@smallexample
8458Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
203eea5d
RP
8459Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details
8460type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome
8461to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c'
8462for details.
70b88761
RP
8463@end smallexample
8464
7463aadd
RP
8465The hypothetical commands @samp{show w} and @samp{show c} should show
8466the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the
8467commands you use may be called something other than @samp{show w} and
8468@samp{show c}; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever
8469suits your program.
70b88761
RP
8470
8471You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
8472school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
8473necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
8474
1041a570
RP
8475@example
8476Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright
8477interest in the program `Gnomovision'
8478(which makes passes at compilers) written
8479by James Hacker.
70b88761
RP
8480
8481@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989
8482Ty Coon, President of Vice
1041a570 8483@end example
7463aadd
RP
8484
8485This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
8486proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
8487consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
8488library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
8489Public License instead of this License.
70b88761 8490
9c3ad547 8491@node Index, , Copying, Top
d2e08421 8492@unnumbered Index
e91b87a3 8493
8494@printindex cp
8495
fe3f5fc8
RP
8496@tex
8497% I think something like @colophon should be in texinfo. In the
8498% meantime:
8499\long\def\colophon{\hbox to0pt{}\vfill
8500\centerline{The body of this manual is set in}
8501\centerline{\fontname\tenrm,}
8502\centerline{with headings in {\bf\fontname\tenbf}}
8503\centerline{and examples in {\tt\fontname\tentt}.}
a6d0b6d3
RP
8504\centerline{{\it\fontname\tenit\/},}
8505\centerline{{\bf\fontname\tenbf}, and}
fe3f5fc8
RP
8506\centerline{{\sl\fontname\tensl\/}}
8507\centerline{are used for emphasis.}\vfill}
8508\page\colophon
a6d0b6d3 8509% Blame: [email protected], 1991.
fe3f5fc8
RP
8510@end tex
8511
e91b87a3 8512@contents
8513@bye
This page took 1.301989 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.